Capital City Bank Group Inc.
Annual Report 2019

Plain-text annual report

C A P I T A L C I T Y B A N K G R O U P 2 0 1 9 A N N U A L R E P O R T investors.ccbg.com ANNUAL ANNUAL SHAR EOWNERS’ SHAR EOWNERS’ M EE TING M EE TING APRIL 23, 2020 | 10 A.M. E.T. APRIL 23, 2020 | 10 A.M. E.T. Augustus B. Turnbull III Augustus B. Turnbull III Florida State Conference Center Florida State Conference Center 555 W. Pensacola St. 555 W. Pensacola St. Tallahassee, Florida Tallahassee, Florida About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $3.1 billion in assets. We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 57 banking offices and 82 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $3.1 billion in assets. We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 57 banking offices and 82 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.DEAR SHAREOWNERS As I prepare my annual remarks this year, I am both nostalgic and excited about the future. In our 125th year of business, it is impossible not to think about what has come before and how those events shaped who we are today. Capital City Bank is the oldest business in Tallahassee – just a few decades behind the likes of the City of Tallahassee and Florida State University. We have endured the Great Depression, two World Wars, the Great Recession and many challenges in between, each with its own transformative effects on our communities, economies and industry. Consider what has transpired within these walls over a century of serving our communities. Countless individuals have relied on Capital City Bank, each one bringing us something precious to protect: their livelihood, their business, their dreams and their future. That simple act of trust is the magic of what we do. That is the fulfillment of our mission, our highest calling and our reason for being. Now as we bank many second and third- generation business owners and families, we see Capital City Bank is not a banking tradition known only to Capital City Bankers. It is a banking tradition shared by innumerable clients and entire communities, and one that has been passed down through the generations like a family heirloom. It is an honor to continue earning their trust. As I reflect on the highlights from 2019, I am inspired by our past, energized by our present and eager for the future. 2019 was a very good year. We came into 2019 with ambitious goals and made a strong showing, achieving sustained intervals of positive progress to reinforce our purpose, renew momentum and ultimately, deliver a solid return on our efforts. Consistency, productivity and stability dominated our narrative in 2019, and we have a number of great stories to tell. Compared to 2018, earnings per share increased 19%, continuing a six-year trend in which earnings have compounded at an annual rate of 32% and our stock has appreciated 259%. Our margin improved 21 bps to 3.85%, and we enjoyed strong performances from both wealth management and mortgage banking. While our efficiency ratio is trending in the proper direction, we still have work left to do. However, as I have said before, improving our efficiency will be driven more by revenue growth than expense reduction. Credit quality has continued to y h p a r g o t o h P y e l k c a H n i l o C y b y h p a r g o t o h P improve and is reflected in our 2019 net charge-off ratio of 13 bps. Overall, 2019 was a solid year from an earnings perspective as our return on average assets improved 11 bps to 1.03%. We believe our core deposit base is the envy of the industry and the predominant driver of franchise value. It affords Capital City one of the best costs of funds in the industry: 35 bps in 2019. Capital City Bank has been the beneficiary of exceptional credit quality as we have managed our risks and protected our balance sheet. Year over year, nonperforming assets declined 40%, and at year-end, comprised only 18 bps of total assets. Assets under management grew to $1.8 billion, and wealth management revenues topped $10 million. As I think about the growth and changing demographics of Florida over the next decade, I am excited about the future of our wealth management business. Our mortgage banking business posted its second best year ever with revenues of $5.3 million. In December we announced a strategic alliance with BrandMortgage and, following the closing which was effective March 1, BrandMortgage will operate under the name of Capital City Home Loans (CCHL). Based on 2019 production, this strategic alliance will triple our current mortgage volume. CCHL operates in 10 states, adds 21 mortgage production offices to our 57 full-service offices and offers a wider array of products to meet the needs of homeowners in all stages of life. This alliance has the potential to be transformational in both geography and structure and may become the model for expanding our fee-based business lines in the future. I am excited about the possibilities. Also in 2019, we began construction on our full- service banking expansion in Panama City Beach, Florida. After operating a loan production office in the market since April 2018. Panama City Beach has a strong local economy and loyal sense of community that aligns well with our corporate values of community involvement, advocacy and partnership. As we talk about taking the Capital City Brand and our way of doing business to new segments of clients and geographies, we know our digital offerings are just as important as our bricks and mortar, and they require an equally sound strategy. For many of our clients, the banker in their pocket – their mobile device – is the banker they know and trust. We have embraced the industry’s digital revolution and are committed to delivering those tools and resources with a decidedly Capital City flair. We have chosen not to be in competition with digital-only institutions. Instead, we aspire for the intersection of high touch and high tech, where we strike a balance between exceptional client service standards and well-featured, client-friendly digital offerings. Digital initiatives are part of our future, and the strategy requires a constant cycle of evolving, evaluating and adapting. As our Vision 2020 five-year strategic initiative draws to a close, we are optimistic that we will soon be celebrating achievement of our 2020 goals. Growing our loan portfolio and fee-based revenues are the keys to realizing our desired results. Our associates are our culture carriers, and we are committed to sharing this success with the individuals who make it happen every day. In 125 years of service, much has changed, but much remains the same. Our delivery channels have changed, but our commitment to our associates, clients, communities and shareowners has not. Integrity, relationships, community and exceptional service – core values that were with us at the beginning – have stood the test of time and will continue to drive us in the next 125. As always, I welcome your comments and questions. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS ($ in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) FO R TH E Y E A R Net Income PE R CO M M O N S H A R E DATA Net Income - Basic Net Income - Diluted Book Value K EY RATI OS Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin Total Capital Tier 1 Leverage Tangible Capital B ALAN CE SH EET DATA 2019 2018 2017 $ 30,807 $ 26,224(1) $ 10,863(2) $ 1.84 $ 1.54 $ 0.64 1.83 19.40 1.03% 9.72% 3.85% 1.54 18.00 0.92% 8.89% 3.64% 0.64 16.65 0.39% 3.83% 3.37% 17.90% 17.13% 17.10% 11.25% 10.89% 10.47% 8.06% 7.58% 7.09% Average Loans $1,822,087 $1,718,348 $1,618,583 Average Earning Assets 2,697,098 2,561,884 2,502,231 Average Total Assets 2,987,056 2,857,148 2,816,096 Average Non-Interest Bearing Deposits 1,012,581 907,571 832,477 Average Deposits 2,537,489 2,422,973 2,371,871 Average Shareowners' Equity 317,072 294,864 283,404 (1) Includes $3.3 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, income tax benefit for 2017 plan year pension contributions made in 2018 (2) Includes $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense adjustment related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act BOARD OF DIREC TORS William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Serving Since 1982 Robert Antoine Certified Internal Auditor and Certified Public Accountant Serving Since 2019 Thomas A. Barron President Capital City Bank Serving Since 1982 Allan G. Bense CEO Bense Enterprises, Inc Serving Since 2013 Frederick Carroll, III Tax Professional Carroll and Company, CPAs Serving Since 2003 Stanley W. Connally, Jr. Executive Vice President, Operations Southern Company Services, Inc. Serving Since 2017 Cader B. Cox, III Chairman and Secretary Riverview Plantation, Inc. Serving Since 1994 Marshall M. Criser III Chancellor State University System of Florida Serving Since 2018 J. Everitt Drew President SouthGroup Equities, Inc. Serving Since 2003 Eric Grant President Municipal Code Corporation Serving Since 2017 Laura Johnson Chief Executive Officer Coton Colors Serving Since 2017 John G. Sample, Jr. Certified Public Accountant Serving Since 2016 SENIOR M ANAGEMENT William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 41 years of service Thomas A. Barron President, Capital City Bank 45 years of service J. Kimbrough Davis Chief Financial Officer 38 years of service Thomas W. Allen Residential Mortgage 11 years of service Clifton E. Bradley Community Banking 42 years of service Edward G. Canup Co-Chief Operating Officer 36 years of service Bethany H. Corum Co-Chief Operating Officer 13 years of service Marsha S. Crowle Compliance 2 years of service Brooke W. Hallock Marketing 15 years of service Randall H. Lashua Omni Channel Delivery 13 years of service William L. Moor, Jr. Wealth Management 32 years of service Kyle D. Phelps Corporate and Professional Banking 12 years of service B. Randall Sharpton Internal Audit 40 years of service Ramsay H. Sims Metro Banking 9 years of service Cheryl B. Thompson Information Technology 15 years of service Dale A. Thompson Credit Administration 40 years of service [X] [ ] UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, DC 20549 ____________________ FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Florida (State of Incorporation) 0-13358 (Commission File Number) 59-2273542 (IRS Employer Identification No.) 217 North Monroe Street, Tallahassee, Florida (Address of principal executive offices) 32301 (Zip Code) (850) 402-7821 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Common Stock, $0.01 par value Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [ ] No [ X ] Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [ ] No [ X ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [ X ] No [ ] Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ X ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [ X ] Non-accelerated filer [ ] Smaller reporting company [ ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [ ] No [ X ] The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2019, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $330,090,679 (based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date). Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each officer and director and each person known to the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. Class Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share Outstanding at February 29, 2020 16,840,471 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held on April 23, 2020, are incorporated by reference in Part III. CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. ANNUAL REPORT FOR 2019 ON FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosure PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowner Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services PART IV Item 15. Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary Signatures PAGE 4 22 30 30 30 31 31 33 35 62 63 111 111 111 113 113 113 113 113 114 115 116 2 INTRODUCTORY NOTE This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “vision,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. In addition to those risks discussed in this Annual Report under Item 1A Risk Factors, factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, include, without limitation: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • our ability to successfully manage interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other risks inherent to our industry; legislative or regulatory changes; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government; inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the effects of security breaches and computer viruses that may affect our computer systems or fraud related to our debit card products; the accuracy of our financial statement estimates and assumptions, including the estimates used for our loan loss reserve and deferred tax asset valuation allowance and pension plan; changes in accounting principles, policies, practices or guidelines, including the effects of forthcoming CECL implementation; the frequency and magnitude of foreclosure of our loans; the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio, including the risks of geographic and industry concentrations; the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct operations; our ability to declare and pay dividends, the payment of which is subject to our capital requirements; changes in the securities and real estate markets; the effects of harsh weather conditions, including hurricanes, and man-made disasters; the potential of a pandemic resulting from the current COVID-19 virus outbreak; our ability to comply with the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject, including the laws for each jurisdiction where we operate; the willingness of clients to accept third-party products and services rather than our products and services and vice versa; increased competition and its effect on pricing; technological changes; negative publicity and the impact on our reputation; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; growth and profitability of our noninterest income; the limited trading activity of our common stock; the concentration of ownership of our common stock; anti-takeover provisions under federal and state law as well as our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws; other risks described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing. However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, except as required by applicable law. 3 PART I Item 1. Business General About Us Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”) is a financial holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida. CCBG was incorporated under Florida law on December 13, 1982, to acquire five national banks and one state bank that all subsequently became part of CCBG’s bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank”). The Bank commenced operations in 1895. In this report, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” mean CCBG and all subsidiaries included in our consolidated financial statements. We provide traditional deposit and credit services, asset management, trust, mortgage banking, merchant services, bank cards, data processing, and securities brokerage services through 57 banking offices in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama operated by CCB. The majority of our revenue, approximately 88%, is derived from our Florida market areas while approximately 11% and 1% of our revenue is derived from our Georgia and Alabama market areas, respectively. Below is a summary of our financial condition and results of operations for the past three years. Our financial condition and results of operations are more fully discussed in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis on page 35 and our consolidated financial statements on page 66. Dollars in millions Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2017 Assets $3,089.0 $2,959.2 $2,898.8 Deposits $2,645.5 $2,531.9 $2,469.9 Shareowners’ Equity $327.0 $302.6 $284.2 Revenue(1) $165.9 $151.0 $138.7 Net Income $30.8 $26.2 $10.9 (1)Revenue represents interest income plus noninterest income Dividends and management fees received from the Bank are CCBG’s primary source of income. Dividend payments by the Bank to CCBG depend on the capitalization, earnings and projected growth of the Bank, and are limited by various regulatory restrictions, including compliance with a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 Capital conservation buffer. See the section entitled “Regulatory Matters” in this Item 1 and Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the restrictions. We had a total of 815 associates at February 28, 2020. Item 6 contains other financial and statistical information about us. Subsidiaries of CCBG CCBG’s principal asset is the capital stock of CCB, our wholly owned banking subsidiary, which accounted for nearly 100% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2019, and approximately 100% of consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2019. In addition to our banking subsidiary, CCB has two primary subsidiaries, which are wholly owned, Capital City Trust Company and Capital City Investments, Inc. The nature of these subsidiaries is provided below. On March 1, 2020, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Brand Mortgage, LLC, headquartered in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The company is an innovative provider of mortgage banking services doing business in 10 states around the Southeast. Operating Segment We have one reportable segment with three principal services: Banking Services (CCB), Trust and Asset Management Services (Capital City Trust Company), and Brokerage Services (Capital City Investments, Inc.). Revenues from each of these principal services for the year ended 2019 totaled approximately 95.3%, 3.6%, and 3.0% of our total revenue, respectively. In 2018 and 2017, Banking Services (CCB) revenue was approximately 95.6% and 93.6% of our total revenue for each respective year. Capital City Bank CCB is a Florida-chartered full-service bank engaged in the commercial and retail banking business. Significant services offered by CCB include: 4 • • • • • • Business Banking – We provide banking services to corporations and other business clients. Credit products are available for a wide variety of general business purposes, including financing for commercial business properties, equipment, inventories and accounts receivable, as well as commercial leasing and letters of credit. We also provide treasury management services, and, through a marketing alliance with Elavon, Inc., merchant credit card transaction processing services. Commercial Real Estate Lending – We provide a wide range of products to meet the financing needs of commercial developers and investors, residential builders and developers, and community development. Credit products are available to purchase land and build structures for business use and for investors who are developing residential or commercial property. Residential Real Estate Lending – We provide products to help meet the home financing needs of consumers, including conventional permanent and construction/ permanent (fixed, adjustable, or variable rate) financing arrangements, and FHA/VA loan products. We offer both fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage (ARM) loans. A portion of our loans originated are sold into the secondary market. We offer these products through our existing network of banking offices. We do not originate subprime residential real estate loans. Retail Credit – We provide a full-range of loan products to meet the needs of consumers, including personal loans, automobile loans, boat/RV loans, home equity loans, and through a marketing alliance with ELAN, we offer credit card programs. Institutional Banking – We provide banking services to meet the needs of state and local governments, public schools and colleges, charities, membership and not-for-profit associations including customized checking and savings accounts, cash management systems, tax-exempt loans, lines of credit, and term loans. Retail Banking – We provide a full-range of consumer banking services, including checking accounts, savings programs, interactive/automated teller machines (ITMs/ATMs), debit/credit cards, night deposit services, safe deposit facilities, online banking, and mobile banking. Capital City Trust Company Capital City Trust Company , or the Trust Company, provides asset management for individuals through agency, personal trust, IRA, and personal investment management accounts. Associations, endowments, and other nonprofit entities hire the Trust Company to manage their investment portfolios. Additionally, a staff of well-trained professionals serves individuals requiring the services of a trustee, personal representative, or a guardian. The market value of trust assets under discretionary management exceeded $893.9 million at December 31, 2019, with total assets under administration exceeding $906.5 million. Capital City Investments, Inc. We offer our customers access to retail investment products through LPL Financial pursuant to which retail investment products would be offered through LPL. LPL offers a full line of retail securities products, including U.S. Government bonds, tax-free municipal bonds, stocks, mutual funds, unit investment trusts, annuities, life insurance and long-term health care. Non-deposit investment and insurance products are: (i) not FDIC insured; (ii) not deposits, obligations, or guarantees by any bank; and (iii) subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal amount invested. Underwriting Standards One of our core goals is to support the communities in which we operate. We seek loans from within our primary market area, which is defined as the counties in which our banking offices are located. We will also originate loans within our secondary market area, defined as counties adjacent to those in which we have banking offices. There may also be occasions when we will have opportunities to make loans that are out of both the primary and secondary market areas, including participation loans. These loans are generally only approved if the applicant is known to us, underwriting is consistent with our criteria, and the applicant’s primary business is in or near our primary or secondary market area. Approval of all loans is subject to our policies and standards described in more detail below. We have adopted comprehensive lending policies, underwriting standards and loan review procedures. Management and our Board of Directors reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis (at least annually). 5 Management has also implemented reporting systems designed to monitor loan originations, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, nonperforming loans, and potential problem loans. Our management and the Credit Risk Oversight Committee periodically review our lines of business to monitor asset quality trends and the appropriateness of credit policies. In addition, total borrower exposure limits are established and concentration risk is monitored. As part of this process, the overall composition of the portfolio is reviewed to gauge diversification of risk, client concentrations, industry group, loan type, geographic area, or other relevant classifications of loans. Specific segments of the portfolio are monitored and reported to our Board on a quarterly basis and we have strategic plans in place to supplement Board approved credit policies governing exposure limits and underwriting standards. We recognize that exceptions to the below-listed policy guidelines may occasionally occur and have established procedures for approving exceptions to these policy guidelines. Residential Real Estate Loans We originate 1-4 family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans in our Residential Real Estate line of business. Our policy is to underwrite these loans in accordance with secondary market guidelines in effect at the time of origination, including loan-to- value, or LTV, and documentation requirements. We originate fixed-rate, adjustable-rate and variable- rate residential real estate loans. Over the past five years, the vast majority of residential loan originations have been fixed-rate loans which are sold in the secondary market on a non-recourse basis with related servicing rights (i.e., we generally do not service sold loans). Adjustable rate mortgage, or ARM, loans with an initial fixed interest rate period greater than five years are also sold in the secondary market on a non-recourse basis. We also originate certain residential real estate loans throughout our banking office network that are generally not eligible for sale into the secondary market due to not meeting a specific secondary market underwriting requirement. This includes our variable rate 3/1 and 5/1 ARM loans which typically have a maximum term of 30 years and maximum LTV of 80%. Residential real estate loans also include home equity lines of credit, or HELOCs, and home equity loans. Our home equity portfolio includes revolving open-ended equity loans with interest-only or minimal monthly principal payments and closed-end amortizing loans. Open-ended equity loans typically have an interest only 10-year draw period followed by a five-year repayment period of 0.75% of principal balance monthly and balloon payment at maturity. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 68% of our residential home equity loan portfolio consisted of first mortgages. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable. Adjustable-rate loans are tied to the Prime Rate with a typical margin of 1.0% or more. Commercial Loans Our policy sets forth guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTV ratios and documentation standards. Commercial loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying collateral and personal or other guarantees. We have established debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. The majority of our commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory. Many of the loans in the commercial portfolio have variable interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. Treasury indices. Commercial Real Estate Loans We have adopted guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTV ratios and documentation standards for commercial real estate loans. These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying real estate collateral and personal guarantees. Our policy establishes a maximum LTV specific to property type and minimum debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. Commercial real estate loans may be fixed or variable-rate loans with interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. Treasury indices. We require appraisals for loans in excess of $250,000 that are secured by real property. Consumer Loans Our consumer loan portfolio includes personal installment loans, direct and indirect automobile financing, and overdraft lines of credit. The majority of the consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect and direct automobile loans. The majority of our consumer loans are short-term and have fixed rates of interest that are priced based on current market interest rates and the financial strength of the borrower. Our policy establishes maximum debt-to-income ratios, minimum credit scores, and includes guidelines for verification of applicants’ income and receipt of credit reports. 6 Lending Limits and Extensions of Additional Credit We have established an internal lending limit of $10 million for the total aggregate amount of credit that will be extended to a client and any related entities within our Board approved policies. This compares to our legal lending limit of approximately $76 million. Loan Modification and Restructuring In the normal course of business, we receive requests from our clients to renew, extend, refinance, or otherwise modify their current loan obligations. In most cases, this may be the result of a balloon maturity that is common in most commercial loan agreements, a request to refinance to obtain current market rates of interest, competitive reasons, or the conversion of a construction loan to a permanent financing structure at the completion or stabilization of the property. In these cases, the request is held to the normal underwriting standards and pricing strategies as any other loan request, whether new or renewal. In other cases, we may modify a loan because of a reduction in debt service capacity experienced by the client (i.e., a potentially troubled loan whereby the client may be experiencing financial difficulties). To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification would be appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt. Expansion of Business Our philosophy is to build long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking practices. We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select specialized areas. Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community executives with a dedicated President for each market, and community boards which support our focus on responding to local banking needs. We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make decisions in their local markets. We have sought to build our franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader. Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 and I-75. Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon County, Florida), Gainesville (Alachua County, Florida), and Macon (Bibb County, Georgia). In 12 of 18 markets in Florida and two of four markets in Georgia, we frequently rank within the top four banks in terms of deposit market share. Furthermore, in the counties in which we operate, we maintain an 8.26% deposit market share in the Florida counties and 5.09% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is significant opportunity to grow market share within these geographic areas. The larger employers in many of our markets are state and local governments, healthcare providers, educational institutions, and small businesses. While we realize that the markets in our footprint do not provide for potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may offer, we believe our markets do provide good growth dynamics and have historically grown in excess of the national average. The value of these markets stems from the fact they are generally stable and less competitive, secondary markets. We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being not just their bank, but their banker. We believe this element of our strategy distinguishes Capital City Bank from our competitors. Our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and acquisitions. We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver of our profitability and overall franchise value, and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years. As the community banking sector continues to transform, we are focused on retaining strategies that operate effectively and are profitable while evaluating and executing strategies necessary to adapt to a changing operating environment, technology, and client behavior. Potential acquisition opportunities will continue to be focused on Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial institutions located on the outskirts of larger metropolitan areas. Five markets have been identified, four in Florida and one in Georgia, in which management intends to proactively pursue expansion opportunities. These markets include Alachua, Marion, Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia. Our focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the economic conditions and demographics of any individual market. We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets in the event that acquisition opportunities are not feasible. Other expansion opportunities that will be evaluated include asset management, mortgage banking, and other financial businesses that are closely aligned with the business of banking. Embedded in our acquisition strategy is our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management, and possess either established market presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services. Generally, these potential target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $500 million. 7 On March 1, 2020, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Brand Mortgage, LLC, headquartered in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The company is an innovative provider of mortgage banking services doing business in 10 states around the Southeast. We expect that this strategic alliance will offer the advantage of expanded service areas, a wider array of products and options to meet the needs of homebuyers in all stages of life, and increased lending capacity through additional processing hubs and investors. Competition We operate in a highly competitive environment, especially with respect to services and pricing, that has undergone significant changes since the recent financial crisis. Since January 1, 2009, over 500 financial institutions have failed in the U.S., including 85 in Georgia and 70 in Florida. Nearly all of the failed banks were community banks. The assets and deposits of many of these failed community banks were acquired mostly by larger financial institutions. The banking industry has also experienced significant consolidation through mergers and acquisition, which we expect will continue during 2020. However, we believe that the larger financial institutions acquiring banks in our market areas are less familiar with the markets in which we operate and typically target a different client base. We also believe clients who bank at community banks tend to prefer the relationship style service of community banks compared to larger banks. As a result, we expect to be able to effectively compete in our markets with larger financial institutions through providing superior client service and leveraging our knowledge and experience in providing banking products and services in our market areas. Thus, a further reduction of the number of community banks could continue to enhance our competitive position and opportunities in many of our markets. However, larger financial institutions can benefit from economies of scale. Therefore, these larger institutions may be able to offer banking products and services at more competitive prices than us. Additionally, these larger financial institutions may offer financial products that we do not offer. We may also begin to see competition from new banks that are being formed. In late 2016, the first de novo bank charter since the downturn was approved for a Florida-based bank and one new Florida charter was approved in 2019. While the number of new bank formations has not returned to pre-downturn levels, increased de novo bank applications could signal additional competition from new community banks. Our primary market area consists of 18 counties in Florida, four counties in Georgia, and one county in Alabama. In these markets, we compete against a wide range of banking and nonbanking institutions including banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds, mutual fund advisory companies, mortgage banking companies, investment banking companies, finance companies and other types of financial institutions. Most of Florida’s major banking concerns have a presence in Leon County, where our main office is located. Our Leon County deposits totaled $1.099 billion, or 40% of our consolidated deposits at December 31, 2019. 8 The table below depicts our market share percentage within each county, based on commercial bank deposits within the county. Market Share as of June 30,(1) 2018 2017 2019 4.5% 40.2% 3.4% 2.1% 19.4% 81.6% 39.7% 12.6% 2.9% 21.9% 13.1% 25.0% 13.7% 20.8% 0.6% 6.7% 23.0% 9.3% 13.1% 2.7% 13.0% 8.3% 6.3% 4.7% 41.9% 3.4% 2.1% 20.8% 79.6% 46.3% 14.8% 2.5% 19.7% 12.8% 26.8% 13.6% 22.0% 0.8% 7.4% 23.5% 8.9% 12.0% 2.9% 14.2% 8.6% 5.5% 4.9% 42.5% 3.5% 2.2% 22.1% 78.9% 44.4% 16.4% 2.3% 21.9% 12.5% 28.3% 14.9% 20.8% 0.7% 7.8% 19.7% 14.2% 14.1% 3.2% 13.7% 9.3% 5.9% 8.7% 9.2% 9.1% County Florida Alachua Bradford Citrus Clay Dixie Gadsden Gilchrist Gulf Hernando Jefferson Leon Levy Madison Putnam St. Johns Suwannee Taylor Wakulla Washington Georgia Bibb Grady Laurens Troup Alabama Chambers (1) Obtained from the FDIC Summary of Deposits Report for the year indicated. 9 The following table sets forth the number of commercial banks and offices, including our offices and our competitor's offices, within each of the respective counties. County Florida Alachua Bradford Citrus Clay Dixie Gadsden Gilchrist Gulf Hernando Jefferson Leon Levy Madison Putnam St. Johns Suwannee Taylor Wakulla Washington Georgia Bibb Grady Laurens Troup Alabama Chambers Number of Commercial Banks Number of Commercial Bank Offices 18 3 11 11 3 2 4 3 13 2 18 2 3 6 19 5 3 4 6 14 5 10 10 6 63 3 37 25 4 3 6 4 35 2 72 10 3 10 64 8 4 4 6 39 7 19 19 8 Data obtained from the FDIC June 30, 2019 Summary of Deposits Report. Seasonality We believe our commercial banking operations are not generally seasonal in nature; however, public deposits tend to increase with tax collections in the fourth and first quarters of each year and decline as a result of governmental spending thereafter. 10 Regulatory Considerations We must comply with state and federal banking laws and regulations that control virtually all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations generally aim to protect our depositors, not necessarily our shareowners or our creditors. Any changes in applicable laws or regulations may materially affect our business and prospects. Proposed legislative or regulatory changes may also affect our operations. The following description summarizes some of the laws and regulations to which we are subject. References to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. We are registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm- Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank Holding Company Act, or BHC Act, and other federal laws subject financial holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Permitted Activities The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modernized the U.S. banking system by: (i) allowing bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies,” such as CCBG, to engage in a broad range of financial and related activities; (ii) allowing insurers and other financial service companies to acquire banks; (iii) removing restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and (iv) establishing the overall regulatory scheme applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations. The general effect of the law was to establish a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers. Activities that are financial in nature are broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance, and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. In contrast to financial holding companies, bank holding companies are limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity. Changes in Control Subject to certain exceptions, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, or CBCA, together with the applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any acquisition of  “control” of a bank or bank holding company. Under the BHC Act, a company (a broadly defined term that includes partnerships among other things) that acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution is deemed to control the institution and to be a bank holding company. A company that acquires less than 5% of any class of voting security (and that does not exhibit the other control factors) is presumed not to have control. For ownership levels between the 5% and 25% thresholds, the Federal Reserve has developed an extensive body of law on the circumstances in which control may or may not exist. The current guidance includes a 2008 policy statement on minority equity investments in banks and bank holding companies that generally permits investors to (i) acquire up to 33% of the total equity of a target bank or bank holding company, subject to certain conditions, including (but not limited to) that the investing firm does not acquire 15% or more of any class of voting securities, and (ii) designate at least one director, without triggering the various regulatory requirements associated with control. In April 2019, the Federal Reserve proposed several changes to its control rules under the BHC Act; when or if this proposal will be finalized is unknown. 11 Under the CBCA, if an individual or a company that acquires 10% or more of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution or its holding company and either that institution or company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition, then that investor is presumed to have control and may be required to file a change in bank control notice with the institution’s or the holding company’s primary federal regulator. Our common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a financial holding company, we are required to obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or bank holding company, (ii) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless we own a majority of such bank’s voting shares), or (iii) acquiring, merging or consolidating with any other bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post- acquisition basis, and the companies’ records of addressing the credit needs of the communities they serve, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. Under Florida law, a person or entity proposing to directly or indirectly acquire control of a Florida bank must also obtain permission from the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. Florida statutes define “control” as either (i) indirectly or directly owning, controlling or having power to vote 25% or more of the voting securities of a bank; (ii) controlling the election of a majority of directors of a bank; (iii) owning, controlling, or having power to vote 10% or more of the voting securities as well as directly or indirectly exercising a controlling influence over management or policies of a bank; or (iv) as determined by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. These requirements will affect us because the Bank is chartered under Florida law and changes in control of CCBG are indirect changes in control of CCB. Tying Financial holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extending credit, to other services or products offered by the holding company or its affiliates, such as deposit products. Capital; Dividends; Source of Strength The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on financial holding companies under the BHC Act, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are described below under “Capital Regulations.” Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, we are generally able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to CCB, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid from CCB to us. We are also able to raise capital for contributions to CCB by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws. It is the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine their ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policies and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong. The Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. Bank holding companies are expected to consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming any equity or other capital instrument included in Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital prior to stated maturity, if such redemption could have a material effect on the level or composition of the organization’s capital base. In addition, a bank holding company may not repurchase shares equal to 10% or more of its net worth if it would not be well-capitalized (as defined by the Federal Reserve) after giving effect to such repurchase. Bank holding companies experiencing financial weaknesses, or that are at significant risk of developing financial weaknesses, must consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments. 12 In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to CCB and to commit resources to support CCB in circumstances in which we might not otherwise do so. In furtherance of this policy, the Federal Reserve may require a financial holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the financial holding company. Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a financial holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition. Safe and Sound Banking Practices Bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute a violation of law or regulations. Under certain conditions the Federal Reserve may conclude that some actions of a bank holding company, such as a payment of a cash dividend, would constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve also has the authority to regulate the debt of bank holding companies, including the authority to impose interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. The Federal Reserve may also require a bank holding company to file written notice and obtain its approval prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities, unless certain conditions are met. Capital City Bank Capital City Bank is a state-chartered commercial banking institution that is chartered by and headquartered in the State of Florida, and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. The Florida Office of Financial Regulation supervises and regulates all areas of our operations including, without limitation, the making of loans, the issuance of securities, the conduct of our corporate affairs, the satisfaction of capital adequacy requirements, the payment of dividends, and the establishment or closing of banking centers. We are also a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, which makes our operations subject to broad federal regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve. In addition, our deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the FDIC has certain supervisory enforcement powers over us. As a state-chartered bank in the State of Florida, we are empowered by statute, subject to the limitations contained in those statutes, to take and pay interest on, savings and time deposits, to accept demand deposits, to make loans on residential and other real estate, to make consumer and commercial loans, to invest, with certain limitations, in equity securities and in debt obligations of banks and corporations and to provide various other banking services for the benefit of our clients. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect our operations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal credit opportunity laws, and fair credit reporting. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, or FDICIA, prohibits insured state chartered institutions from conducting activities as principal that are not permitted for national banks. A bank, however, may engage in an otherwise prohibited activity if it meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Economic Growth Act The Economic Growth Act, which was signed into law in May 2018, provides limited amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as targeted modifications to prior financial services reform regulatory requirements. As a result of the Economic Growth Act, we expect to experience the rollback of some of the more burdensome requirements resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act. Provisions in the Economic Growth Act generally address access to mortgage credit; consumer access to credit; protections for veterans, consumers, and homeowners; and protections for student borrowers. One of the Economic Growth Act’s highlights with potential implications for us is the requirement that the federal bank regulatory agencies adopt a threshold for a community bank leverage ratio, or CBLR, of not less than 8.0% and not more than 10.0% for banking organizations with $10.0 billion or less in total consolidated assets and that meet certain other conditions. A qualifying organization that satisfies the CBLR is deemed to satisfy the capital rules and to be well-capitalized for the purpose of the prompt corrective action regulations, subject to certain exceptions. The agencies have adopted a CBLR of 9.0%, which will be effective January 1, 2020. A number of the other specific provisions of this legislation are discussed in other parts of this “Supervision and Regulation” section. At this time, it is difficult to anticipate the continued impact this expansive legislation will have on our business, our customers, and the financial industry generally. Changes resulting from further implementation of, changes to or repeal of the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements, or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. 13 Safety and Soundness Standards / Risk Management The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines establishing operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings. In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the financial institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If a financial institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the financial institution’s rate of growth, require the financial institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments. During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management processes and strong internal controls when evaluating the activities of the financial institutions they supervise. Properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation and the size and speed of financial transactions have changed the nature of banking markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. New products and services, third party risk management and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that financial institutions are expected to address in the current environment. The Bank is expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls. Reserves The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (noninterest bearing and NOW checking accounts). The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements. An institution may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank “discount window” as a secondary source of funds, provided that the institution meets the Federal Reserve Bank’s credit standards. Dividends CCB is subject to legal limitations on the frequency and amount of dividends that can be paid to CCBG. The Federal Reserve may restrict the ability of CCB to pay dividends if such payments would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Additionally, as of January 1, 2019, financial institutions are required to maintain a capital conservation buffer of at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and other payments. If a financial institution’s capital conservation buffer falls below the minimum requirement, its maximum payout amount for capital distributions and discretionary payments declines to a set percentage of eligible retained income based on the size of the buffer. See “Capital Regulations,” below for additional details on this new capital requirement. 14 In addition, Florida law and Federal regulation place restrictions on the declaration of dividends from state chartered banks to their holding companies. Pursuant to the Florida Financial Institutions Code, the board of directors of state-chartered banks, after charging off bad debts, depreciation and other worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-annually or annually declare a dividend of up to the aggregate net profits of that period combined with the bank’s retained net profits for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and Federal Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net profits which accrued prior to the preceding two years. Before declaring such dividends, 20% of the net profits for the preceding period as is covered by the dividend must be transferred to the surplus fund of the bank until this fund becomes equal to the amount of the bank’s common stock then issued and outstanding. A state-chartered bank may not declare any dividend if (i) its net income (loss) from the current year combined with the retained net income (loss) for the preceding two years aggregates a loss or (ii) the payment of such dividend would cause the capital account of the bank to fall below the minimum amount required by law, regulation, order or any written agreement with the Florida Office of Financial Regulation or a federal regulatory agency. Under Federal Reserve regulations, a state member bank may, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, pay a dividend in an amount that, when taken together with all dividends declared during the calendar year, does not exceed the sum of the bank’s net income during the current calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two calendar years. The Federal Reserve may approve greater amounts. Insurance of Accounts and Other Assessments Our deposit accounts are currently insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. We pay deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund, which are determined through a risk- based assessment system. Under the current system, deposit insurance assessments are based on a bank’s assessment base, which is defined as average total assets minus average tangible equity. For established small institutions, such as the Bank, the FDIC sets deposit assessment rates based on the Financial Ratios Method, which takes into account several ratios that reflect leverage, asset quality, and earnings at each individual institution and then applies a pricing multiplier that is the same for all institutions. An institution’s rate must be within a certain minimum and a certain maximum, and the range varies based on the institution’s composite CAMELS rating. The deposit insurance assessment is calculated by multiplying the bank’s assessment base by the total base assessment rate. All FDIC-insured institutions have been required to pay assessments to the FDIC at a current annual rate of approximately five tenths of a basis point of its assessment base to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, or FICO, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The last of the FICO bonds matured in 2019. The FDIC made its final collection of the assessment for these bonds in March 2019. FDIC- insured institutions accordingly are no longer required to pay the FICO bond assessment. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Transactions With Affiliates and Insiders Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of CCB to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an affiliate generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between CCB and its affiliates, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to CCB, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, CCB generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates. 15 Loans to executive officers and directors of an insured depository institution or any of its affiliates or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank, which we refer to as “10% Shareowners,” or to any political or campaign committee the funds or services of which will benefit those executive officers, directors, or 10% Shareowners or which is controlled by those executive officers, directors or 10% Shareowners, are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by a disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed our unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) identifies limited circumstances in which we are permitted to extend credit to executive officers. Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act and its corresponding regulations are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of the communities they serve, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. These regulations provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of its market area. Federal banking agencies are required to publicly disclose each bank’s rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Federal Reserve considers a bank’s Community Reinvestment Act rating when the bank submits an application to establish bank branches, merge with another bank, or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. In the case of a financial holding company, the Community Reinvestment Act performance record of all banks involved in a merger or acquisition are reviewed in connection with the application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with another bank or bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. We received a satisfactory rating on our most recent Community Reinvestment Act assessment. Capital Regulations The federal banking regulators have adopted risk-based, capital adequacy guidelines for financial holding companies and their subsidiary banks based on the Basel III standards. Under these guidelines, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to specific risk categories each with designated risk weightings. The new risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets, and to achieve greater consistency in evaluating the capital adequacy of major banks throughout the world. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. Final rules implementing the capital adequacy guidelines became effective, with various phase-in periods, on January 1, 2015 for community banks. All of the rules were fully phased in as of January 1, 2019. These final rules represent a significant change to the prior general risk-based capital rules and are designed to substantially conform to the Basel III international standards. In computing total risk-weighted assets, bank and bank holding company assets are given risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50%, 100% and 150%. In addition, certain off-balance sheet items are given similar credit conversion factors to convert them to asset equivalent amounts to which an appropriate risk-weight will apply. Most loans will be assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing first mortgage loans fully secured by 1-to-4 family and certain multi-family residential property, which carry a 50% risk rating. Most investment securities (including, primarily, general obligation claims on states or other political subdivisions of the United States) will be assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or state revenue bonds, which have a 50% risk-weight, and direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which have a 0% risk-weight. In covering off-balance sheet items, direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees and standby letters of credit backing financial obligations, are given a 100% conversion factor. Transaction-related contingencies such as bid bonds, standby letters of credit backing nonfinancial obligations, and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an initial maturity of more than one year) have a 50% conversion factor. Short-term commercial letters of credit are converted at 20% and certain short-term unconditionally cancelable commitments have a 0% factor. 16 Under the final rules, minimum requirements increased for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. In this respect, the final rules implement strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and improve the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity. Consistent with the international Basel III framework, the rules include a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets of 4.5%. The rules also create a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. This buffer is added to each of the three risk- based capital ratios to determine whether an institution has established the buffer. The rules raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets from 4% to 6% and include a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for all banking organizations. If a financial institution’s capital conservation buffer falls below 2.5% - e.g., if the institution’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets is less than 7.0% - then capital distributions and discretionary payments will be limited or prohibited based on the size of the institution’s buffer. The types of payments subject to this limitation include dividends, share buybacks, discretionary payments on Tier 1 instruments, and discretionary bonus payments. The new capital regulations may also impact the treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income, or AOCI, for regulatory capital purposes. Under the new rules, AOCI generally flows through to regulatory capital, however, community banks and their holding companies may make a one-time irrevocable opt-out election to continue to treat AOCI the same as under the old regulations for regulatory capital purposes. This election was required to be made on the first call report or bank holding company annual report (on form FR Y-9C) filed after January 1, 2015. We made the opt-out election. Additionally, the new rules also permit community banks with less than $15 billion in total assets to continue to count certain non-qualifying capital instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital, including trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock (subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital). However, non-qualifying capital instruments issued on or after May 19, 2010 do not qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment. On November 21, 2018, federal regulators released a proposed rulemaking that would, if enacted, provide certain banks and their holding companies with the option to elect out of complying with the Basel III capital rules. Under the proposal, a qualifying community banking organization would be eligible to elect the community bank leverage ratio framework if it has a community bank leverage ratio, or CBLR, greater than 9% at the time of election. A qualifying community banking organization, or QCBO, is defined as a bank, a savings association, a bank holding company or a savings and loan holding company with: • • total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion; total off-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives other than credit derivatives and unconditionally cancelable commitments) of 25% or less of total consolidated assets; total trading assets and trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets; • • Mortgage servicing rights assets of 25% or less of CBLR tangible equity; and • temporary difference Deferred tax assets of 25% or less of CBLR tangible equity. A QCBO may elect out of complying with the Basel III capital rules if, at the time of the election, the QCBO has a CBLR above 9%. The numerator of the CBLR is referred to as “CBLR tangible equity” and is calculated as the QCBO’s total capital as reported in compliance with Call Report and FR Y-9C instructions, which are referred to as Reporting Instructions, prior to including non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries, less: • AOCI; • • Deferred tax assets that arise from net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards net of any related valuations Intangible assets, calculated in accordance with Reporting Instructions, other than mortgage servicing assets; and allowances. The denominator of the CBLR is the QCBO’s average assets, calculated in accordance with Reporting Instructions and less intangible assets and deferred tax assets deducted from CBLR tangible equity. We have not elected to comply with the community bank leverage ratio framework and will remain subject to the Basel III capital requirements. Commercial Real Estate Concentration Guidelines The federal banking regulators have implemented guidelines to address increased concentrations in commercial real estate loans. These guidelines describe the criteria regulatory agencies will use as indicators to identify institutions potentially exposed to commercial real estate concentration risk. An institution that has (i) experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, (ii) notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate, (iii) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land representing 100% or more of total risk-based capital, or (iv) total commercial real estate (including construction) loans representing 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the outstanding balance of the institutions commercial real estate portfolio has increased by 50% or more in the prior 36 months, may be identified for further supervisory analysis of a potential concentration risk. 17 At December 31, 2019, CCB’s ratio of construction, land development and other land loans to total risk-based capital was 22%, its ratio of total commercial real estate loans to total risk-based capital was 169% and, therefore, CCB was under the 100% and 300% thresholds, respectively, set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) above. As a result, we are not deemed to have a concentration in commercial real estate lending under applicable regulatory guidelines. Prompt Corrective Action Federal law and regulations establish a capital-based regulatory scheme designed to promote early intervention for troubled banks and require the FDIC to choose the least expensive resolution of bank failures. The capital-based regulatory framework contains five categories of compliance with regulatory capital requirements, including “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” To qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution under the rules in effect as of January 1, 2015, a bank must have a leverage ratio of not less than 5%, a Tier 1 Common Equity ratio of not less than 6.5%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of not less than 8%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 10%, and the bank must not be under any order or directive from the appropriate regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level. Under the regulations, the applicable agency can treat an institution as if it were in the next lower category if the agency determines (after notice and an opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or is engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The degree of regulatory scrutiny of a financial institution will increase, and the permissible activities of the institution will decrease, as it moves downward through the capital categories. Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions. At December 31, 2019, we exceeded the requirements contained in the applicable regulations, policies and directives pertaining to capital adequacy to be classified as “well capitalized” and are unaware of any material violation or alleged violation of these regulations, policies or directives (see table below). Rapid growth, poor loan portfolio performance, or poor earnings performance, or a combination of these factors, could change our capital position in a relatively short period of time, making additional capital infusions necessary. Our capital ratios can be found in Note 15 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions. Interstate Banking and Branching The Dodd-Frank Act relaxed interstate branching restrictions by modifying the federal statute governing de novo interstate branching by state member banks. Consequently, a state member bank may open its initial branch in a state outside of the bank’s home state by way of an interstate bank branch, so long as a bank chartered under the laws of that state would be permitted to open a branch at that location. 18 Anti-money Laundering The USA PATRIOT Act, provides the federal government with additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, or BSA, the USA PATRIOT Act puts in place measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies. In addition, certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions. The USA PATRIOT Act and the related Federal Reserve regulations require banks to establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at a minimum: • • • • • • • internal policies, procedures and controls designed to implement and maintain the savings association’s compliance with all of the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, the BSA and related laws and regulations; systems and procedures for monitoring and reporting of suspicious transactions and activities; a designated compliance officer; employee training; an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program; procedures to verify the identity of each client upon the opening of accounts; and heightened due diligence policies, procedures and controls applicable to certain foreign accounts and relationships. Additionally, the USA PATRIOT Act requires each financial institution to develop a client identification program, or CIP as part of its anti-money laundering program. The key components of the CIP are identification, verification, government list comparison, notice and record retention. The purpose of the CIP is to enable the financial institution to determine the true identity and anticipated account activity of each client. To make this determination, among other things, the financial institution must collect certain information from clients at the time they enter into the client relationship with the financial institution. This information must be verified within a reasonable time. Furthermore, all clients must be screened against any CIP-related government lists of known or suspected terrorists. On May 11, 2018, the U.S. Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network issued a final rule under the BSA requiring banks to identify and verify the identity of the natural persons behind their clients that are legal entities – the beneficial owners. We and our affiliates have adopted policies, procedures and controls designed to comply with the BSA and the USA PATRIOT Act. Regulatory Enforcement Authority Federal and state banking laws grant substantial regulatory authority and enforcement powers to federal and state banking regulators. This authority permits bank regulatory agencies to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders, and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for either violations of laws or regulations or for unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities. Federal Home Loan Bank System CCB is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of 11 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each FHLB serves as a quasi-reserve bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited by member institutions and proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. A FHLB makes loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Trustees of the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, CCB is required to own capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.09% (or 9 basis points), which is subject to annual adjustments, of CCB’s total assets at the end of each calendar year (up to a maximum of $15 million), plus 4.25% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the activity-based stock ownership requirement. As of December 31, 2019, CCB was in compliance with this requirement. Privacy Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties. 19 Overdraft Fee Regulation The Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines, or ATM, and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this new rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in. Consumer Laws and Regulations CCB is also subject to other federal and state consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth below is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Mortgage Disclosure Improvement Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with clients when taking deposits or making loans to such clients. CCB must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing client relations. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issues regulations and standards under these federal consumer protection laws that affect our consumer businesses. These include regulations setting “ability to repay” standards for residential mortgage loans and mortgage loan servicing and originator compensation standards, which generally require creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling (excluding an open-end credit plan, timeshare plan, reverse mortgage, or temporary loan) and establishes certain protections from liability under this requirement for loans that meet the requirements of the “qualified mortgage” safe harbor. Also, in, 2015, the new TILA- RESPA Integrated Disclosure, or TRID, rules for mortgage closings took effect for new loan applications. The new TRID rules were further amended in 2017. These new rules, including the new required loan forms, generally increased the time it takes to approve mortgage loans. Future Legislative Developments Various bills are from time to time introduced in Congress and the Florida legislature. This legislation may change banking statutes and the environment in which our banking subsidiary and we operate in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot determine the ultimate effect that potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have upon our financial condition or results of operations or that of our banking subsidiary. Current Expected Credit Loss Accounting Standard In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a new current expected credit loss rule, or CECL, which will require banks to record, at the time of origination, credit losses expected throughout the life of the asset portfolio on loans and held-to-maturity securities, compared to the current practice of recording losses when it is probable that a loss event has occurred. The update also amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and financial assets purchased with credit deterioration. The accounting standard change will be effective for us beginning on January 1, 2020. We are taking the necessary steps to be in compliance with the CECL accounting standard. This accounting standard will be a critical accounting policy in 2020 and is discussed further in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section. 20 Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing, availability of borrowing at the “discount window,” open market operations, changes in the Fed Funds target interest rate, changes in interest rates payable on reserve accounts, the imposition of changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign banking centers and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve. These monetary policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distributions of bank loans, investments and deposits, which may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The Federal Reserve’s policies are primarily influenced by its dual mandate of price stability and full employment, and to a lesser degree by short-term and long-term changes in the international trade balance and in the fiscal policies of the U.S. Government. Future changes in monetary policy and the effect of such changes on our business and earnings in the future cannot be predicted. London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) We have contracts, including loan agreements, which are currently indexed to LIBOR. The use of LIBOR as a reference rate in the banking industry is beginning to decline. In 2014, a committee of private-market derivative participants and their regulators, the Alternative Reference Rate Committee, or ARRC, was convened by the Federal Reserve to identify an alternative reference interest rate to replace LIBOR. In June 2017, the ARRC announced the Secured Overnight Funding Rate, or SOFR, a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities, as its preferred alternative to LIBOR. In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced its intention to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. In April 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York began to publish SOFR rates on a daily basis. The International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. provided guidance on fallback contract language related to derivative transactions in late 2019. We are currently evaluating risks and potential process changes arising from these developments. Income Taxes We are subject to income taxes at the federal level and subject to state taxation based on the laws of each state in which we operate. We file a consolidated federal tax return with a fiscal year ending on December 31. On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted tax reform legislation known as the H.R.1, commonly referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” resulting in significant modifications to existing law. We completed the accounting for the effects of the new law during 2017. Our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, reflected certain effects of the new law, which included a reduction in the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, as well as other changes. As a result of the changes to tax laws and tax rates under the Act, we incurred an increase in income tax expense of $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, due to a write-down of our net deferred tax asset in the fourth quarter of 2017 as a result of the reduction to the federal corporate income tax rate. While the new tax law negatively impacted earnings in the fourth quarter of 2017, the lower corporate tax rate is expected to be a significant ongoing benefit to us in future periods. Absent future discrete events, we anticipate that our effective tax in future periods will be approximately 24% due to a lower federal corporate income tax rate. Website Access to Company’s Reports Our Internet website is www.ccbg.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d), and reports filed pursuant to Section 16, 13(d), and 13(g) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. 21 Item 1A. Risk Factors An investment in our common stock contains a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Our business, including our operating results and financial condition, could be harmed by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in our filings with the SEC, including our financial statements and related notes. We may incur losses if we are unable to successfully manage interest rate risk. Risks Related to Our Business Our profitability depends to a large extent on Capital City Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and expense on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. We are unable to predict changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, federal funds target rate, money supply, domestic and international events and changes in the United States and other financial markets. Our net interest income may be reduced if: (i) more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are declining or (ii) more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are rising. Changes in the difference between short-term and long-term interest rates may also harm our business. We generally use short- term deposits to fund longer-term assets. When interest rates change, assets and liabilities with shorter terms reprice more quickly than those with longer terms, which could have a material adverse effect on our net interest margin. If market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may also limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, which could further reduce our net interest income. Additionally, we believe that due to the recent historical low interest rate environment, the effects of the repeal of Regulation Q, which previously had prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits by member banks of the Federal Reserve System, has not been realized. The increased price competition for deposits that may result upon the return to a historically normal interest rate environment could adversely affect net interest margins of community banks. Although we continuously monitor interest rates and have a number of tools to manage our interest rate risk exposure, changes in market assumptions regarding future interest rates could significantly impact our interest rate risk strategy, our financial position and results of operations. If we do not properly monitor our interest rate risk management strategies, these activities may not effectively mitigate our interest rate sensitivity or have the desired impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss which could lead to higher loan losses and nonperforming assets. We originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction loans, vacant land loans, consumer loans, and residential mortgage loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate, commercial, construction, vacant land, and consumer loans may expose a lender to greater credit risk than traditional fixed-rate fully amortizing loans secured by single- family residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as single-family residential real estate. In addition, these loan types tend to involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the following reasons: • Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over the loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on the borrower’s ability to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. At December 31, 2019, commercial mortgage loans comprised approximately 33.9% of our total loan portfolio. • Commercial Loans. Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. At December 31, 2019, commercial loans comprised approximately 13.9% of our total loan portfolio. 22 • Construction Loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. At December 31, 2019, construction loans comprised approximately 6.2% of our total loan portfolio. • Vacant Land Loans. Because vacant or unimproved land is generally held by the borrower for investment purposes or future use, payments on loans secured by vacant or unimproved land will typically rank lower in priority to the borrower than a loan the borrower may have on their primary residence or business. These loans are susceptible to adverse conditions in the real estate market and local economy. At December 31, 2019, vacant land loans comprised approximately 2.9% of our total loan portfolio. • HELOCs. Our open-ended home equity loans have an interest-only draw period followed by a five-year repayment period of 0.75% of the principal balance monthly and a balloon payment at maturity. Upon the commencement of the repayment period, the monthly payment can increase significantly, thus, there is a heightened risk that the borrower will be unable to pay the increased payment. Further, these loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over the loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment may depend on the borrower’s ability to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. At December 31, 2019, HELOCs comprised approximately 10.7% of our total loan portfolio. • Consumer Loans. Consumer loans (such as automobile loans and personal lines of credit) are collateralized, if at all, with assets that may not provide an adequate source of payment of the loan due to depreciation, damage, or loss. At December 31, 2019, consumer loans comprised approximately 15.2% of our total loan portfolio, with indirect auto loans making up a majority of this portfolio at approximately 89.2% of the total balance. The increased risks associated with these types of loans result in a correspondingly higher probability of default on such loans (as compared to fixed-rate fully amortizing single-family real estate loans). Loan defaults would likely increase our loan losses and nonperforming assets and could adversely affect our allowance for loan losses and our results of operations. We process, maintain, and transmit confidential client information through our information technology systems, such as our online banking service. Cybersecurity issues, such as security breaches and computer viruses, affecting our information technology systems or fraud related to our debit card products could disrupt our business, result in the unintended disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs, and cause losses. We collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our clients, and personally identifiable information of our clients and employees, in our information technology systems. We also provide our clients the ability to bank online. The secure processing, maintenance, and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Our network, or those of our clients, could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems. Financial institutions and companies engaged in data processing have increasingly reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. Security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing clients to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to generate deposits. Additionally, fraud losses related to debit and credit cards have risen in recent years due in large part to growing and evolving schemes to illegally use cards or steal consumer credit card information despite risk management practices employed by the debit and credit card industries. Many issuers of debit and credit cards have suffered significant losses in recent years due to the theft of cardholder data that has been illegally exploited for personal gain. The potential for debit and credit card fraud against us or our clients and our third party service providers is a serious issue. Debit and credit card fraud is pervasive and the risks of cybercrime are complex and continue to evolve. In view of the recent high- profile retail data breaches involving client personal and financial information, the potential impact on us and any exposure to consumer losses and the cost of technology investments to improve security could cause losses to us or our clients, damage to our brand, and an increase in our costs. 23 An inadequate allowance for loan losses would reduce our earnings. We are exposed to the risk that our clients may be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure full repayment. This could result in credit losses that are inherent in the lending business. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate based upon such factors as: • • • • • • • the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans; previous loan loss experience; specific loans that have loss potential; delinquency trends; estimated fair market value of the collateral; current economic conditions; and geographic and industry loan concentrations. At December 31, 2019, our allowance for loan losses was $13.9 million, which represented approximately 0.75% of our total loans. We had $4.5 million in nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2019. The allowance is based on management’s reasonable estimate and may not prove sufficient to cover future incurred loan losses. Although management uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to our nonperforming or performing loans. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our estimated losses on loans. Our regulators may require us to recognize additional losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover all future loan losses and significant increases to the allowance may be required in the future if, for example, economic conditions worsen. A material increase in our allowance for loan losses would adversely impact our net income and capital in future periods, while having the effect of overstating our current period earnings. A new accounting standard will likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. The FASB has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for us beginning on January 1, 2020. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, requires financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses. This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses, which upon transition to the standard will likely require us to increase our allowance for loan losses with a corresponding decrease in our stockholders equity (net of deferred taxes). The standard will also greatly increase the types of data we need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. The standard may also result in a higher loan loss provision in future periods reflective of the life of loan concept inherent in the standard which could reduce our net income, and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. CECL also requires us to record credit losses expected throughout the life of other assets, including held-to- maturity securities, as opposed the current practice of recording losses when it is probable that a loss event has occurred. The update also amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and financial assets purchased with credit deterioration. We may incur significant costs associated with the ownership of real property as a result of foreclosures, which could reduce our net income. Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a foreclosure is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: • • • • • • • general or local economic conditions; environmental cleanup liability; neighborhood values; interest rates; real estate tax rates; operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; supply of and demand for rental units or properties; 24 • • • • ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; zoning laws; governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, including real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Furthermore, we may need to advance funds to continue to operate or to protect these assets. As a result, the cost of operating real property assets may exceed the rental income earned from such properties or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to meet client loan requests, client deposit maturities and withdrawals, payments on our debt obligations as they come due and other cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and other unpredictable circumstances causing industry or general financial market stress. If we are unable to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, earnings and other sources, it could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. In particular, a majority of our liabilities during 2019 were checking accounts and other liquid deposits, which are generally payable on demand or upon short notice. By comparison, a substantial majority of our assets were loans, which cannot generally be called or sold in the same time frame. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors seek to withdraw their accounts at the same time, regardless of the reason. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could negatively impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated, adverse regulatory action against us, or our inability to attract and retain deposits. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. If we are unable to maintain adequate liquidity, it could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. European Union's General Data Privacy Regulation In May 2018, the European Union, or EU, adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR. The GDPR is focused on the protection of the data and the privacy of individuals within the EU and the European Economic Area. The GDPR extends the scope of EU privacy rules to include organizations outside the EU if they offer goods or services to or monitor behaviors of EU citizens. The penalties and sanctions for noncompliance with the GDPR are difficult to predict and potentially very high. We believe that the GDPR will have little to no impact on us as we do not offer goods or service to or monitor the behaviors of EU citizens. However, we may be impacted by similar privacy laws that may be adopted by other federal, state, or local governing bodies. Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry. We face vigorous competition for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area from other banks and financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions. A number of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have greater access to capital and other resources. Many of our competitors also have higher lending limits, more expansive branch networks, and offer a wider array of financial products and services. To a lesser extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations, which may offer financial products and services on more favorable terms than we are able to. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our activities. As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services. The effect of this competition may reduce or limit our margins or our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 25 Risks Related to Regulation and Legislation We are subject to extensive regulation, which could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business. We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by our regulators, including the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC. Our compliance with these industry regulations is costly and restricts certain of our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, lending and interest rates charged on loans, interest rates paid on deposits, access to capital and brokered deposits and locations of banking offices. If we are unable to meet these regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. Our activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit and other activities. Many of these regulations are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the benefit of our shareowners. In addition to the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, we must also comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Federal Home Loan Bank. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial condition. Please refer to the Section entitled “Business – Regulatory Considerations” in this Report. The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 may affect our business. On May 24, 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 2018, or the EGRRCPA was enacted to modify or repeal certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The EGRRCPA, among other things: (i) allows smaller banks (with up to $10 billion in assets) to offer certain qualified residential mortgages that are not subject to the ability-to-repay requirements; (ii) exempts from appraisal requirements certain transactions involving real estate in rural areas that is valued at less than $400,000; (iii) amends the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 to exempt from certain disclosure requirements banks that originate fewer than 500 closed-end mortgage loans and fewer than 500 open-end lines of credit in each of the last two calendar years; (iv) clarifies that, subject to various conditions, reciprocal deposits of another depository institution obtained using a deposit broker through a deposit placement network for purposes of obtaining maximum deposit insurance would not be considered brokered deposits subject to the FDIC's brokered-deposit regulations; (v) expands the examination cycle for certain banks with less than $3 billion in assets so that on-site examinations must occur not less than once during each 18-month period; (vi) directs federal banking agencies to develop a community bank leverage ratio of not less than 8% and not more than 10% for qualifying community banks, which has been initially established at 9%; (vii) exempts banks with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and with trading assets and liabilities less than or equal to 5% of total consolidated assets from the requirements of the Volcker Rule; and (viii) directs the Federal Reserve Board to expand the definition of a small bank holding company under the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement to include banks that, among other conditions, have less than $3 billion in assets. While many of these changes could result in regulatory relief for CCBG, it is difficult to predict how any new standards under EGRRCPA will be applied to us or its ultimate impact on us. Changes in U.S. trade policies and other factors beyond our control may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. There has been recent discussion, imposition, and proposition of revisions to U.S. trade policies and legislation, especially the imposition of tariffs. Such tariffs may cause affected foreign governments to impose their own tariffs in retaliation. It is difficult to predict what the U.S. government or foreign governments will actually do or not do in the future or the impacts such actions will have on CCBG or its clients. Such tariffs, along with other trade restrictions, affecting those items and products used by our clients in their respective businesses could have an adverse impact on our clients' respective financial conditions and their ability to make payments on their loans. This could result in an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. On October 1, 2018, the United States, Canada and Mexico agreed on a new trade agreement, the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, or the USMCA, to replace the North American Free Trade Agreement. The United States Congress has approved, and the President signed, the USMCA, but it will not be effective until 90 days after it is ratified by Canada. It remains to be seen what impact the adoption of the USMCA or any subsequent trade agreements made as a response to the USMCA will have on CCBG or its clients. Any such shift in trade policies or agreements could potentially negatively impact the business, financial condition, and results of operations of our clients, and, in turn, that of CCBG. 26 Increased capital requirements may have an adverse effect on us. In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board released its final rules which implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the final rule, minimum requirements increased for both the quality and quantity of capital held by banking organizations. Consistent with the international Basel framework, the rule includes a new minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, or CET1, to Risk- Weighted Assets, or RWA, of 4.5% and a CET1 conservation buffer of 2.5% of RWA (which was fully phased-in in 2019) that apply to all supervised financial institutions. As of January 1, 2019, the CET1conservation buffer requirement was 2.5%, which requires us to hold additional CET1 capital in excess of the minimum required to meet the CET1 to RWA ratio requirement. The rule also, among other things, raised the minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to RWA from 4% to 6% and included a minimum leverage ratio of 4% for all banking organizations. The impact of the new capital rules requires us to maintain higher levels of capital, which we expect will lower our return on equity. Additionally, if our CET1 to RWA ratio does not exceed the minimum required plus the additional CET1 conservation buffer, we may be restricted in our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions of capital to our shareowners. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act may have an adverse effect on us The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017 has positively impacted us by decreasing our federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, but the act poses potential adverse impacts on the banks financial condition as well. We may suffer as a result of the act (1) eliminating interest deductions for certain home equity loans, (2) limiting the deductibility of business interest expense, (3) limiting the deductibility of property taxes, state income taxes, and local incomes taxes, and (4) lowering the limit on the deductibility of mortgage interest paid on single-family residential mortgage loans. These changes may specifically have an adverse impact on the market for residential homes and borrowers abilities to make payments on their mortgages, which could lower the demand for residential mortgage loans and lower the value of properties securing loans that we hold in our portfolio. Such affects could adversely impact our business and financial condition. Compliance with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s ability-to-repay rule safe-harbor could adversely impact our growth or profitability. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau issued a rule, effective as of January 10, 2014, designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid monetary damages under the Dodd-Frank Act, which holds lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage at the time the loan is originated. Loans that satisfy the “qualified mortgage” safe-harbor will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including but not limited to: • • • • excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans); interest-only payments; negative-amortization; and terms longer than 30 years. Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could limit our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, which could adversely impact our growth or profitability. Florida financial institutions, such as CCB, face a higher risk of noncompliance and enforcement actions with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. Since September 11, 2001, banking regulators have intensified their focus on anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act compliance requirements, particularly the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. Since 2004, federal banking regulators and examiners have been extremely aggressive in their supervision and examination of financial institutions located in the State of Florida with respect to the institution’s Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance. Consequently, numerous formal enforcement actions have been instituted against financial institutions. 27 In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, CCB has been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. CCB’s policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that it has already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, CCB would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of its business plan, including its acquisition plans. Risks Related to Market Events Our loan portfolio is heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by properties in Florida and Georgia which causes our risk of loss to be higher than if we had a more geographically diversified portfolio. Our interest-earning assets are heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by real estate, particularly real estate located in Florida and Georgia. At December 31, 2019, approximately 71% of our loans included real estate as a primary, secondary, or tertiary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower; however, the value of the collateral may decline during the time the credit is extended. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values to satisfy the debt, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Additionally, at December 31, 2019, substantially all of our loans secured by real estate are secured by commercial and residential properties located in Northern Florida and Middle Georgia. The concentration of our loans in these areas subjects us to risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in these areas could result in a decrease in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and foreclosures, which would more greatly affect us than if our lending were more geographically diversified. In addition, since a large portion of our portfolio is secured by properties located in Florida and Georgia, the occurrence of a natural disaster, such as a hurricane, or a man-made disaster could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loss on loans originated by us. We may suffer further losses due to the decline in the value of the properties underlying our mortgage loans, which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Our concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase our credit losses, which would negatively affect our financial results. Due to the lack of diversified industry within the markets served by CCB and the relatively close proximity of our geographic markets, we have both geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded. Specifically, due to the nature of our markets, a significant portion of the portfolio has historically been secured with real estate. At December 31, 2019, approximately 34% and 20% of our $1.836 billion loan portfolio was secured by commercial real estate and residential real estate, respectively. As of this same date, approximately 6% was secured by property under construction. In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing one of our mortgage loans or otherwise pursue our remedies in order to protect our investment, we may be unable to recover funds in an amount equal to our projected return on our investment or in an amount sufficient to prevent a loss to us due to prevailing economic conditions, real estate values and other factors associated with the ownership of real property. As a result, the market value of the real estate or other collateral underlying our loans may not, at any given time, be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans, and consequently, we would sustain loan losses. The fair value of our investments could decline which would cause a reduction in shareowners’ equity. A large portion of our investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2019 has been designated as available-for-sale pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for investments. Such principles require that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareowners’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income/losses. Shareowners’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments. The fair value of our investment portfolio may decline, causing a corresponding decline in shareowners’ equity. Management believes that several factors will affect the fair values of our investment portfolio. These include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates or expectations of changes in interest rates, the degree of volatility in the securities markets, inflation rates or expectations of inflation and the slope of the interest rate yield curve (the yield curve refers to the differences between short-term and long-term interest rates; a positively sloped yield curve means short-term rates are lower than long-term rates). These and other factors may impact specific categories of the portfolio differently, and we cannot predict the effect these factors may have on any specific category. 28 Risk of Pandemic. In recent years the outbreak of a number of diseases including COVID-19, Avian Bird Flu, H1N1, and various other "super bugs" have increased the risk of a pandemic. Global events such as a pandemic could impact interest rates, energy prices, the value of financial assets and ultimately economic activity in our markets. The adverse effect of these events may include narrowing of the spread between interest income and expense, a reduction in fee income, an increase in credit losses, and a decrease in demand for loans and other products and services. We may be unable to pay dividends in the future. Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock In 2019, our Board of Directors declared four quarterly cash dividends. Declarations of any future dividends will be contingent on our ability to earn sufficient profits and to remain well capitalized, including our ability to hold and generate sufficient capital to comply with the new CET1 conservation buffer requirement. In addition, due to our contractual obligations with the holders of our trust preferred securities, if we defer the payment of accrued interest owed to the holders of our trust preferred securities, we may not make dividend payments to our shareowners. Further, under applicable statutes and regulations, CCB’s board of directors, after charging-off bad debts, depreciation and other worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-annually, or annually declare and pay dividends to CCBG of up to the aggregate net income of that period combined with the CCB’s retained net income for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and Federal Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net income which accrued prior to the preceding two years. Additional state laws generally applicable to Florida corporations may also limit our ability to declare and pay dividends. Thus, our ability to fund future dividends may be restricted by state and federal laws and regulations. Limited trading activity for shares of our common stock may contribute to price volatility. While our common stock is listed and traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, there has historically been limited trading activity in our common stock. The average daily trading volume of our common stock over the 12-month period ending December 31, 2019 was approximately 27,496 shares. Due to the limited trading activity of our common stock, relativity small trades may have a significant impact on the price of our common stock. Securities analysts may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock, and this may have a negative impact on its market price. The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over securities analysts and they may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect its market price. If we are covered by securities analysts, and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover our Company or fails to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which may cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, have substantial control over all matters requiring shareowner approval, including changes of control. Because Mr. William G. Smith, Jr. is a principal shareowner and our Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of CCB, he has substantial control over all matters on a day to day basis. Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners beneficially owned approximately 20.7% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at December 31, 2019. William G. Smith, Jr., our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer beneficially owned 17.6% of our shares as of that date. Accordingly, these directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, may be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our shareowners, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. Moreover, because William G. Smith, Jr. is the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of CCBG and Chairman of CCB, he has substantial control over all matters on a day-to-day basis, including the nomination and election of directors. 29 These directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareowners of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. You may also have difficulty changing management, the composition of the Board of Directors, or the general direction of our Company. Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and certain laws and regulations may prevent or delay transactions you might favor, including a sale or merger of CCBG. CCBG is registered with the Federal Reserve as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, or BHC Act. As a result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHC Act, and other federal laws subject financial holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, certain laws and regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult and expensive for companies or persons to acquire control of us without the consent of our Board of Directors. It is possible, however, that you would want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential buyer could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. For example, our Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareowner action. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage a company from attempting to obtain control of us by means of a tender offer, merger, proxy contest or otherwise. Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws divide our Board of Directors into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms. One class is elected each year. The classification of our Board of Directors could make it more difficult for a company to acquire control of us. We are also subject to certain provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act and our Articles of Incorporation that relate to business combinations with interested shareowners. Other provisions in our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include: • • • Supermajority voting requirements to remove a director from office; Provisions regarding the timing and content of shareowner proposals and nominations; Supermajority voting requirements to amend Articles of Incorporation unless approval is received by a majority of “disinterested directors”; • Absence of cumulative voting; and • Inability for shareowners to take action by written consent. Shares of our common stock are not an insured deposit and may lose value. The shares of our common stock are not a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 2. Properties We are headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida. Our executive office is in the Capital City Bank building located on the corner of Tennessee and Monroe Streets in downtown Tallahassee. The building is owned by CCB, but is located on land leased under a long-term agreement. At December 31, 2019, we had 57 banking offices. Of the 57 locations, we lease the land, buildings, or both at four locations and own the land and buildings at the remaining 53. Item 3. Legal Proceedings We are party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, there are no known pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. 30 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure. Not applicable. PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CCBG.” We had a total of 1,243 shareowners of record at February 29, 2020. The following table presents the range of high and low closing sales prices reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and cash dividends declared for each quarter during the past two years. 2019 2018 Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Common stock price: High $ Low Close Cash dividends per share $ $ 30.95 25.75 30.50 0.13 28.00 23.70 27.45 0.13 $ 25.00 21.57 24.85 0.11 25.87 21.04 21.78 0.11 $ $ 26.95 19.92 23.21 0.09 $ 25.91 23.19 23.34 0.09 25.99 22.28 23.63 0.07 $ 26.50 22.80 24.75 0.07 Florida law and Federal regulations impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and limitations on the amount of dividends that the Bank can pay annually to us. See Item 1. “Capital; Dividends; Sources of Strength” and “Dividends” in the Business section on page 12 and 13, Item 1A. “Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock” in the Risk Factors section on page 29, Item 7. “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Dividends” – in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Operating Results on page 57 and Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Performance Graph This performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total shareholder return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the SNL Financial LC $1B-$5B Bank Index for the past five years. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2014 in our common stock and each of the above indices, and that all dividends were reinvested. The shareholder return shown below represents past performance and should not be considered indicative of future performance. 31 Total Return Performance 250 Capital City Bank Group, Inc. NASDAQ Composite Index 200 SNL Bank $1B-$5B Index 150 100 50 01/01/14 01/01/15 01/01/16 01/01/17 01/01/18 01/01/19 l e u a V x e d n I Index 12/31/14 12/31/15 12/31/16 12/31/17 12/31/18 12/31/19 Capital City Bank Group, Inc. $ 100.00 $ 99.63 $ 136.36 $ 152.19 $ 155.96 $ 208.90 Nasdaq Composite SNL $1B-$5B Bank Index 100.00 100.00 106.96 111.94 116.45 161.04 150.96 171.69 146.67 150.42 200.49 182.85 Period Ending 32 Item 6. Selected Financial Data (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Interest Income Net Interest Income Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income(2) Noninterest Expense Net Income(4) Per Common Share: Basic Net Income Diluted Net Income Cash Dividends Declared Diluted Book Value Diluted Tangible Book Value(1) Performance Ratios: Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin (FTE) Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenues Efficiency Ratio Asset Quality: Allowance for Loan Losses Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming Assets to Assets Nonperforming Assets to Loans plus OREO Allowance to Nonperforming Loans Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Capital Ratios: Tier 1 Capital Total Capital Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Leverage Tangible Common Equity(1) Equity to Assets Dividend Pay-Out Averages for the Year: Loans, Net of Unearned Income Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Year-End Balances: Loans, Net of Unearned Income Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Other Data: Basic Average Shares Outstanding Diluted Average Shares Outstanding Shareowners of Record(3) Banking Locations(3) Full-Time Equivalent Associates(3) $ $ 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 $ $ 112,836 103,343 2,027 53,053 113,609 30,807 1.84 1.83 0.48 19.40 14.37 $ $ 99,395 92,504 2,921 51,565 111,503 26,224 1.54 1.54 0.32 18.00 12.96 $ $ 86,930 82,982 2,215 51,746 109,447 10,863 0.64 0.64 0.24 16.65 11.68 $ $ 81,154 77,965 819 53,681 113,214 11,746 0.69 0.69 0.17 16.23 11.23 79,658 76,351 1,594 54,091 115,273 9,116 0.53 0.53 0.13 15.93 11.00 1.03 % 9.72 3.85 33.92 72.40 0.92 % 8.89 3.64 35.79 77.05 0.39 % 3.83 3.37 38.41 80.50 0.43 % 4.22 3.25 40.78 85.34 0.34 % 3.31 3.31 41.47 87.94 $ 13,905 $ 0.75 % 14,210 $ 0.80 % 13,307 $ 0.80 % 13,431 $ 0.86 % 13,953 0.93 % 5,425 0.18 0.29 310.99 0.13 17.16 % 17.90 14.47 11.25 8.06 10.59 26.23 9,101 0.31 0.51 206.79 0.12 16.36 % 17.13 13.58 10.89 7.58 10.23 20.78 11,100 0.38 0.67 185.87 0.14 16.33 % 17.10 13.42 10.47 7.09 9.80 37.50 19,171 0.67 1.21 157.40 0.09 15.51 % 16.28 12.61 10.23 6.90 9.67 24.64 29,595 1.06 1.94 135.40 0.35 16.42 % 17.25 12.84 10.65 6.99 9.81 24.53 $ $ 1,822,087 2,697,098 2,987,056 2,537,489 317,072 1,845,438 2,806,913 3,088,953 2,645,454 327,016 $ $ 1,718,348 2,561,884 2,857,148 2,422,973 294,864 1,781,094 2,658,539 2,959,183 2,531,856 302,587 $ $ 1,618,583 2,502,231 2,816,096 2,371,871 283,404 1,658,309 2,582,922 2,898,794 2,469,877 284,210 $ $ 1,542,232 2,432,392 2,752,309 2,282,785 278,335 1,572,175 2,520,053 2,845,197 2,412,286 275,168 $ $ 1,474,833 2,324,854 2,659,317 2,163,441 275,144 1,503,907 2,470,444 2,797,860 2,302,849 274,352 16,769,507 16,827,413 1,243 57 796 17,029,420 17,072,329 1,312 59 801 16,951,663 17,012,637 1,389 59 789 16,988,747 17,061,186 1,489 60 820 17,273,406 17,318,184 1,559 61 858 (1) Diluted tangible book value and tangible common equity ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, refer to page 34 (2) Includes $2.5 million gain from sale of trust preferred securities in 2016. (3) As of February 28th of the following year. (4) For 2017, includes $4.1 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, income tax expense adjustment related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. For 2018, includes $3.3 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, income tax benefit for 2017 plan year pension contributions made in 2018. 33 NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES We present a tangible common equity ratio and a tangible book value per diluted share that, in each case, removes the effect of goodwill that resulted from merger and acquisition activity. We believe these measures are useful to investors because it allows investors to more easily compare our capital adequacy to other companies in the industry. The GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation for selected year-to-date financial data and quarterly financial data is provided below. Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Selected Financial Data (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Shareowners' Equity (GAAP) Less: Goodwill (GAAP) $ 327,016 $ 84,811 302,587 $ 84,811 284,210 $ 84,811 275,168 $ 84,811 Tangible Shareowners' Equity (non-GAAP) A Total Assets (GAAP) Less: Goodwill (GAAP) 242,205 3,088,953 84,811 217,776 2,959,183 84,811 199,399 2,898,794 84,811 190,357 2,845,197 84,811 274,352 84,811 189,541 2,797,860 84,811 Tangible Assets (non-GAAP) B $ 3,004,142 $ 2,874,372 $ 2,813,983 $ 2,760,386 $ 2,713,049 Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP) Actual Diluted Shares Outstanding (GAAP) Tangible Book Value per Diluted Share (non-GAAP) A/B C A/C 8.06% 7.58% 7.09% 6.90% 6.99% 16,855,161 16,808,542 17,071,107 16,949,359 17,226,178 14.37 12.96 11.68 11.23 11.00 Non-GAAP Reconciliation - Quarterly Financial Data (Dollars in Thousands, except per share data) 2019 2018 Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First Shareowners' Equity (GAAP) $ 327,016 $ 321,562 $ 314,595 $ 308,986 $ 302,587 $ 298,016 $ 293,571 $ 288,360 Less: Goodwill (GAAP) 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 Tangible Shareowners' Equity (non-GAAP) A Total Assets (GAAP) Less: Goodwill (GAAP) 242,205 236,751 229,784 224,175 217,776 213,205 208,760 203,549 3,088,953 2,934,513 3,017,654 3,052,051 2,959,183 2,819,190 2,880,278 2,924,832 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 84,811 Tangible Assets (non-GAAP) B $ 3,004,142 $ 2,849,702 $ 2,932,843 $ 2,967,240 $ 2,874,372 $ 2,734,379 $ 2,795,467 $ 2,840,021 Tangible Common Equity Ratio (non-GAAP) Actual Diluted Shares Outstanding (GAAP) Tangible Book Value per Diluted Share (non-GAAP) A/B 8.06% 8.31% 7.83% 7.56% 7.58% 7.80% 7.47% 7.17% C 16,855,161 16,797,241 16,773,449 16,840,496 16,808,542 17,127,846 17,114,380 17,088,419 A/C 14.37 14.09 13.70 13.31 12.96 12.45 12.20 11.91 34 Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) provides supplemental information, which sets forth the major factors that have affected our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is divided into subsections entitled “Business Overview,” “Executive Overview,” “Results of Operations,” “Financial Condition,” “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” “Fourth Quarter, 2019 Financial Results,” and “Accounting Policies.” The following information should provide a better understanding of the major factors and trends that affect our earnings performance and financial condition, and how our performance during 2019 compares with prior years. Throughout this section, Capital City Bank Group, Inc., and its subsidiaries, collectively, are referred to as “CCBG,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.” CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this MD&A section, contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “vision,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. Please see the Introductory Note and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Annual Report for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward- looking statements. However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, except as required by applicable law. BUSINESS OVERVIEW Our Business We are a financial holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida, and we are the parent of our wholly owned subsidiary, Capital City Bank (the “Bank” or “CCB”). We offer a broad array of products and services, including commercial and retail banking services, trust and asset management, and retail securities brokerage through a total of 57 banking offices located in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama. Please see the section captioned “About Us” beginning on page 4 for more detailed information about our business. Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference between the interest and fees received on interest earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest- bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses, operating expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses including income taxes, and noninterest income such as deposit fees, wealth management fees, mortgage banking fees, and bank card fees. Strategic Review Our philosophy is to build long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking practices. We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select specialized areas. Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community executives with a dedicated President for each market, and community boards which support our focus on responding to local banking needs. We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make decisions in their local markets. 35 We have sought to build our franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader. Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 and I-75. Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon County, Florida), Gainesville (Alachua County, Florida), and Macon (Bibb County, Georgia). In 12 of 18 markets in Florida and two of four markets in Georgia, we frequently rank within the top four banks in terms of deposit market share. Furthermore, in the counties in which we operate, we maintain an 8.26% deposit market share in the Florida counties and 5.09% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is significant opportunity to grow market share within these geographic areas. The larger employers in many of our markets are state and local governments, healthcare providers, educational institutions, and small businesses. While we realize that the markets in our footprint do not provide for potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may offer, we believe our markets do provide good growth dynamics and have historically grown in excess of the national average. The value of these markets stems from the fact they are generally stable and less competitive, secondary markets. We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being not just their bank, but their banker. We believe this element of our strategy distinguishes Capital City Bank from our competitors. Our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and acquisitions. We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver of our profitability and overall franchise value, and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years. As the community banking sector continues to transform, we are focused on retaining strategies that operate effectively and are profitable while evaluating and executing strategies necessary to adapt to a changing operating environment, technology, and client behavior. While we have not been an active acquirer of banks since 2005, this component of our strategy is still in place. When evaluating potential acquisition opportunities, we will continue to weigh the value of organic growth initiatives versus potential acquisition returns and pursue the strategies that we believe provide the best overall return to our shareowners. The focus of potential acquisition opportunities will be in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial institutions located on the outskirts of larger, metropolitan areas, including Alachua, Marion, Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia. Our focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the economic conditions and demographics of any individual market. We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets where acquisition opportunities are not feasible. We may also evaluate expansion opportunities including asset management, mortgage banking, and other financial businesses that are closely aligned with the business of banking. Embedded in our acquisition strategy is our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either established market presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services. Generally, these potential target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $500 million. On March 1, 2020, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Brand Mortgage, LLC, headquartered in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The company is an innovative provider of mortgage banking services doing business in 10 states around the Southeast. We expect that this strategic alliance will offer the advantage of expanded service areas, a wider array of products and options to meet the needs of homebuyers in all stages of life, and increased lending capacity through additional processing hubs and investors. EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW For 2019, net income totaled $30.8 million, or $1.83 per diluted share, compared to net income of $26.2 million, or $1.54 per diluted share for 2018. Net income for 2018 included tax benefits totaling $3.3 million, or $0.19 per diluted share related to 2017 plan year pension contributions made in 2018. The increase in net income of $4.6 million for 2019 versus 2018 was attributable to higher net interest income of $10.8 million, higher noninterest income of $1.5 million, and a $0.9 million decrease in the loan loss provision, partially offset by higher income taxes of $6.5 million and noninterest expense of $2.1 million. Below are summary highlights that impacted our performance for the year: • Strong revenue growth - Net interest income increased 12% - Noninterest income increased 3% • Net interest margin of 3.85%, increased 21 basis points • Average loans increased $104 million, or 6% • Average deposit balances increased $115 million, or 5% • Continued strong credit quality - Loan loss provision decreased $0.9 million, or 31% - Nonperforming assets decreased $3.7 million, or 40% • Tangible common equity ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased 48 basis points to 8.06% • Tangible book value per share, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased 10.9% to $14.37 36 In 2019, despite pressure from the three Federal Open Market Committee rate reductions in the second half of the year, our net interest income and net interest margin grew $10.8 million and 21 basis points, respectively, as the impact of higher rates prior to 2019 continued to migrate through the earning asset portfolios. Further, loan growth and higher overnight funds income driven by strong deposit growth contributed to the improvement. Average loans grew 6% and we realized growth in all categories except home equity and consumer loans. Economic and business conditions in our markets remained stable and drove loan demand in 2019 despite some slowing in the second half of the year. 2019 continued our sixth consecutive year of deposit growth which has averaged 3.5% per year. Noninterest income had a break-out year driven by wealth management and mortgage banking. Additionally, initiatives aimed at growing our deposit and bank card fees contributed in 2019. These improvements reflected the ongoing commitment we have made to growing and diversifying our fee based revenues. While our noninterest expenses grew in 2019, a majority of the increase was related to revenue generating activities (commissions for mortgage originations and retail brokerage fees) and annual merit raises. Other operating expenses were well controlled in 2019 and reflected our ongoing commitment to expense management as a component of improving our efficiency ratio. Asset quality continued to improve and our loan losses remained low in 2019 allowing for a lower loan loss provision. We continue to operate within our historical risk profile and will not unnecessarily compromise on rate, structure, or quality. Key components of our 2019 financial performance are summarized below: Results of Operations • For 2019, tax-equivalent net interest income totaled $103.9 million, a $10.7 million, or 11.5%, increase over 2018 driven by deposit growth (predominately noninterest bearing), which funded growth in overnight funds and loans. Average yields/rates were generally favorable as higher rates prior to 2019 continued to migrate through the earning asset portfolios. • For 2019, our loan loss provision was $2.0 million for 2019 compared to $2.9 million for 2018 with the decrease attributable to further improvement in overall credit quality. • For 2019, noninterest income totaled $53.1 million, a $1.5 million, or 2.9%, increase over 2018, which reflected higher wealth management fees of $1.8 million, mortgage banking fees of $0.6 million, and bank card fees of $0.6 million, partially offset by lower deposit fees of $0.6 million and other income of $0.9 million. • For 2019, noninterest expense totaled $113.6 million, an increase of $2.1 million, or 1.9%, over 2018 attributable to higher compensation expense of $2.4 million that was partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in other expense. Financial Condition • Average assets totaled approximately $2.987 billion for 2019, an increase of $129.9 million, or 4.6%, over 2018. Average earning assets were approximately $2.697 billion for 2019, an increase of $135.2 million, or 5.3% over 2018. Year-over- year, average overnight funds increased $102.6 million, while investment securities decreased $71.1 million and average loans were higher by $103.7 million. • Average loans totaled $1.822 billion in 2019, an increase of $103.7 million, or 6.0%, over 2018. Loans as a percentage of average earning assets increased to 67.6% in 2019 compared to 67.1% in 2018. We realized growth in all loan categories except home equity loans and consumer loans. A portion of the increase in 2019 was due to the purchase of adjustable rate residential loans ($14.9 million at time of purchase) and fixed rate commercial loans ($10.3 million at time of purchase). • Average total deposits for 2019 were $2.537 billion, an increase of $114.5 million, or 4.7%, over 2018. Most of the increase occurred in noninterest bearing deposit balances which increased $105 million, or 11.6%. • At December 31, 2019, nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $5.4 million. a $3.7 million, or 40.4%, decrease from December 31, 2018. Nonaccrual loans totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2019, a $2.4 million decrease from December 31, 2018. The balance of OREO totaled $1.0 million at December 31, 2019, a $1.3 million decrease from December 31, 2018. Nonperforming assets represented 0.18% of total assets at December 31, 2019 compared to 0.31% at December 31, 2018. 37 • At December 31, 2019, our allowance for loan losses of $13.9 million represented 0.75% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and provided coverage of 311% of nonperforming loans compared to 0.80% and 207%, respectively, at December 31, 2018. For 2019, our net loan charge-offs totaled $2.3 million, or 0.13%, of average loans, compared to $2.0 million, or 0.12%, for 2018. • Shareowners’ equity increased by $24.1 million to $327.0 million at December 31, 2019. We continue to maintain a strong capital base as evidenced by a risk-based capital ratio of 17.90% and tangible common equity ratio of 8.06% at December 31, 2019 compared to 17.13% and 7.58%, respectively, at December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, all of our regulatory capital ratios significantly exceeded the threshold to be well-capitalized. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS For 2019, we realized net income of $30.8 million, or $1.83 per diluted share, compared to $26.2 million, or $1.54 per diluted share for 2018 and $10.9 million, or $0.64 per diluted share for 2017. The increase in net income for 2019 was attributable to higher net interest income of $10.8 million, higher noninterest income of $1.5 million, and a $0.9 million decrease in the loan loss provision, partially offset by higher income taxes of $6.5 million and noninterest expense of $2.1 million. The increase in net income for 2018 was attributable to a $9.5 million increase in net interest income and an $8.8 million reduction in income tax expense, partially offset by a $2.1 million increase in noninterest expense, a $0.7 million increase in the loan loss provision, and lower noninterest income of $0.2 million. Income tax expense for 2018 reflected the favorable impact of the Tax Act, including a lower federal corporate tax rate and one-time discrete tax benefits totaling $3.3 million, or $0.19 per diluted share related to 2017 plan year pension contributions made during 2018. A condensed earnings summary for the last three years is presented in Table 1 below: Table 1 CONDENSED SUMMARY OF EARNINGS (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Interest Income Taxable Equivalent Adjustments Total Interest Income (FTE) Interest Expense Net Interest Income (FTE) Provision for Loan Losses Taxable Equivalent Adjustments Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income Noninterest Expense Income Before Income Taxes Income Tax Expense Net Income Basic Net Income Per Share Diluted Net Income Per Share Net Interest Income 2019 112,836 526 113,362 9,493 103,869 2,027 526 101,316 53,053 113,609 40,760 9,953 30,807 1.84 1.83 $ $ $ $ 2018 2017 $ $ $ $ 99,395 654 100,049 6,891 93,158 2,921 654 89,583 51,565 111,503 29,645 3,421 26,224 1.54 1.54 $ $ $ $ 86,930 1,226 88,156 3,948 84,208 2,215 1,226 80,767 51,746 109,447 23,066 12,203 10,863 0.64 0.64 Net interest income represents our single largest source of earnings and is equal to interest income and fees generated by earning assets, less interest expense paid on interest bearing liabilities. We provide an analysis of our net interest income, including average yields and rates in Tables 2 and 3 below. We provide this information on a "taxable equivalent" basis to reflect the tax- exempt status of income earned on certain loans and investments. 38 In 2019, our taxable equivalent net interest income increased $10.7 million, or 11.5%. This follows increases of $9.0 million, or 10.6%, and $5.2 million, or 6.6%, in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in 2019 was driven by deposit growth (predominately noninterest bearing), which funded growth in overnight funds and loans. Additionally, average yields/rates were generally favorable as higher rates prior to 2019 continued to migrate through the earning asset portfolios. The increase in 2018 was attributable to growth in our loan and investment portfolios, and favorable repricing of our adjustable and variable rate earning assets, partially offset by an increase in our negotiated rate products. For 2019, taxable equivalent interest income increased $13.3 million, or 13.3%, over 2018. For 2018, taxable equivalent interest income increased $11.9 million, or 13.5%, over 2017. The increase for both years was primarily due to higher loan balances coupled with higher interest rates. For 2019, interest expense increased $2.6 million, or 37.8%, over 2018. For 2018, interest expense increased $2.9 million, or 74.5%, over 2017. The increase for both years primarily reflected increases to our negotiated rate deposits which are tied to an adjustable rate index. Our cost of funds increased eight basis points to 35 basis points in 2019 and increased 11 basis points to 27 basis points in 2018. The increase for both years was primarily due to higher interest rates paid on our negotiated rate products due to the average increase in interest rates over the three year period. Our interest rate spread (defined as the taxable-equivalent yield on average earning assets less the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities) increased 15 basis points in 2019 and increased 19 basis points in 2018. Our net interest margin (defined as taxable-equivalent interest income less interest expense divided by average earning assets) of 3.85% in 2019 was a 21 basis point increase over 2018. The net interest margin of 3.64% in 2018 was a 27 basis point increase over 2017. The increase in the interest rate spread and net interest margin for both years was attributable to rising rates and an improving mix of earning assets driven by loan growth. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) decreased the federal funds target rate three times in 2019 to end the year with a target rate in the range of 1.50%-1.75%, which followed four rate increases in 2018. These rate increases positively affected our net interest income in 2018 and the first half of 2019 due to favorable repricing of our variable and adjustable rate earning assets. As the overnight funds rate fell in the second half of 2019, these variable and adjustable rate earning assets have begun to price lower. As we continue to closely monitor and manage our overall cost of funds, we review and implement various loan strategies that align with our overall risk appetite to enhance our performance on an ongoing basis. We continue to maintain short duration portfolios on both sides of the balance sheet and believe we are well positioned to respond to changing market conditions. 39 Table 2 AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES (Taxable Equivalent Basis - Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS Loans, Net of Unearned Income(1)(2) Taxable Investment Securities Tax-Exempt Investment Securities(2) Funds Sold Total Earning Assets Cash & Due From Banks Allowance for Loan Losses Other Assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Time Deposits Total Interest Bearing Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Total Interest Bearing Liabilities Noninterest Bearing Deposits Other Liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY TOTAL SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY 2019 2018 2017 Average Balance Interest Average Rate Average Balance Interest Average Rate Average Balance Interest Average Rate $ 1,822,087 $ 612,541 24,471 237,999 2,697,098 52,453 (14,622) 252,127 $ 2,987,056 $ 805,134 $ 235,845 370,430 113,499 1,524,908 9,275 52,887 7,393 1,594,463 1,012,581 62,940 2,669,984 94,662 13,123 390 5,187 113,362 84,550 12,083 1,006 2,410 100,049 5.20 % $ 1,718,348 $ 2.14 1.60 2.18 4.20 % 641,120 67,037 135,379 2,561,884 51,222 (13,993) 258,035 $ 2,857,148 4.92 % $ 1,618,583 $ 1.88 1.50 1.78 3.91 % 595,790 97,867 189,991 2,502,231 51,091 (13,541) 276,315 $ 2,816,096 76,385 8,095 1,610 2,066 88,156 4.72 % 1.36 1.65 1.09 3.52 % 5,502 946 182 210 6,840 109 2,287 257 9,493 0.68 % $ 0.40 0.05 0.19 0.45 % 1.19 4.26 3.48 0.60 % 781,026 $ 251,175 351,341 131,860 1,515,402 10,992 52,887 12,387 1,591,668 907,571 63,045 2,562,284 3,152 675 172 244 4,243 110 2,167 371 6,891 0.40 % $ 0.27 0.05 0.18 0.29 % 0.99 4.04 3.00 0.45 % 805,861 $ 258,304 323,928 151,301 1,539,394 9,927 52,887 15,174 1,617,382 832,477 82,833 2,532,692 1,094 252 159 284 1,789 82 1,634 443 3,948 0.14 % 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.12 % 0.82 3.05 2.92 0.25 % 317,072 294,864 283,404 TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY $ 2,987,056 $ 2,857,148 $ 2,816,096 Interest Rate Spread Net Interest Income Net Interest Margin(3) $ 103,869 3.61 % 3.85 % $ 93,158 3.46 % 3.64 % $ 84,208 3.27 % 3.37 % (1) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Interest income includes loan fees of $0.9 million for 2019, $1.0 million for 2018, and $0.7 million for 2017. (2) Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 21% tax rate for 2019 and 2018 and a 35% tax rate for 2017. (3) Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. 40 Table 3 RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS(1) (Taxable Equivalent Basis - Dollars in Thousands) Earnings Assets: Loans, Net of Unearned Interest(2) Investment Securities: Taxable Tax-Exempt(2) Funds Sold Total Interest Bearing Liabilities: NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Time Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Total 2019 vs. 2018 2018 vs. 2017 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change In Increase (Decrease) Due to Change In Total Volume Rate Total Volume Rate $ 10,112 $ 5,104 $ 5,008 $ 8,165 $ 4,708 $ 3,457 1,040 (616) 2,777 13,313 2,350 271 10 (34) (1) 120 (114) 2,602 (539) (641) 1,827 5,751 97 (41) 10 (40) (19) - (150) (143) 1,579 25 950 7,562 2,253 312 - 6 18 120 36 2,745 3,988 (604) 344 11,893 2,058 423 13 (40) 28 533 (72) 2,943 616 (507) (594) 4,223 (34) (7) 13 (36) 9 - (81) (136) 3,372 (97) 938 7,670 2,092 430 - (4) 19 533 9 3,079 Changes in Net Interest Income $ 10,711 $ 5,894 $ 4,817 $ 8,950 $ 4,359 $ 4,591 (1) This table shows the change in taxable equivalent net interest income for comparative periods based on either changes in average volume or changes in average rates for interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes which are not solely due to volume changes or solely due to rate changes have been attributed to rate changes. (2) Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 21% tax rate to adjust interest for 2019 and 2018 and a 35% tax rate for 2017 to adjust interest on tax-exempt loans and securities to a taxable equivalent basis. Provision for Loan Losses Our provision for loan loss was $2.0 million for 2019 compared to $2.9 million for 2018 and $2.2 million in 2017. The decrease in 2019 was primarily due to improvement in overall credit quality. The increase in 2018 was driven by growth of our loan portfolio. We discuss these trends in further detail below under Risk Element Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses. Noninterest Income For 2019, noninterest income totaled $53.1 million, a $1.5 million, or 2.9%, increase over 2018, which reflected higher wealth management fees of $1.8 million, mortgage banking fees of $0.6 million, and bank card fees of $0.6 million, partially offset by lower deposit fees of $0.6 million and other income of $0.9 million. The improvement in wealth management fees was driven by higher trading activity by our retail brokerage clients and to a lesser extent growth in assets under management. A lower rate environment drove higher residential loan production and the increase in mortgage banking fees. Higher debit card utilization by our clients and credit card promotions throughout the year drove the improvement in bank card fees. The decline in deposit fees reflected lower overdraft fees and the reduction in other income was primarily attributable to a miscellaneous recovery in 2018 and lower miscellaneous loan fees. For 2018, noninterest income totaled $51.6 million, a $0.2 million, or 0.3%, decrease from 2017, and reflected lower mortgage banking fees of $1.0 million, partially offset by higher other income of $0.4 million and wealth management fees of $0.4 million. The lower level of mortgage banking fees was due to a reduction in the volume of loans sold in secondary market as adjustable rate loan production picked up momentum and is being retained in our loan portfolio instead of sold on the secondary market. Total residential loan production (secondary market sales and portfolio) during 2018 was comparable to 2017. The increase in other income reflected higher signing bonus income from processing contracts and miscellaneous income. The increase in wealth management fees was attributable to higher trust fees and reflected growth in assets under management. 41 Noninterest income as a percent of total operating revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) was 33.92% in 2019, 35.79% in 2018, and 38.41% in 2017. The decline in this metric over the last three years was attributable to growth in net interest income as a component of operating revenues. The table below reflects the major components of noninterest income. (Dollars in Thousands) Deposit Fees Bank Card Fees Wealth Management Fees Mortgage Banking Fees Other Total Noninterest Income 2019 2018 2017 $ $ 19,472 11,994 10,480 5,321 5,786 53,053 $ $ 20,093 11,378 8,711 4,735 6,648 51,565 $ $ 20,335 11,191 8,284 5,754 6,182 51,746 Various significant components of noninterest income are discussed in more detail below. Deposit Fees. For 2019, deposit fees (service charge fees, insufficient fund/overdraft fees (“NSF/OD”), and business account analysis fees) totaled $19.5 million compared to $20.1 million in 2018 and $20.3 million in 2017. The $0.6 million, or 3.1%, decrease in 2019 reflected lower NSF/OD fees and higher overdraft losses that were partially offset by higher service charge fees. The $0.2 million, or 1.2%, decrease in 2018 reflected lower NSF/OD fees that were significantly offset by higher service charge fees. In mid-2018, we introduced a new fee-based checking account line-up which has enhanced our service charge fees and helped to buffer the overall decline in our total deposit fee revenues. Bank Card Fees. Bank card fees totaled $12.0 million in 2019 compared to $11.4 million in 2018 and $11.2 million in 2017. We continue to focus on initiatives aimed at growing our bank card fee revenues, including the aforementioned new checking account line-up, an account acquisition initiative that began in early 2019, and periodic debit and credit card promotions. Wealth Management Fees. Wealth management fees including both trust fees (i.e., managed accounts and trusts/estates) and retail brokerage fees (i.e., investment, insurance products, and retirement accounts) totaled $10.5 million in 2019 compared to $8.7 million in 2018 and $8.3 million in 2017. The growth in fees for 2019 reflected a $1.3 million increase in retail brokerage fees and $0.5 million increase in trust fees. Higher transactions volumes and new investment advisors hired in late 2018 and in 2019 drove the increase in retail brokerage fees in 2019. Growth in assets under management contributed to the growth in fees for all periods. At December 31, 2019, total assets under management were approximately $1.774 billion compared to $1.500 billion at December 31, 2018 and $1.418 billion at December 31, 2017. Mortgage Banking Fees. Mortgage banking fees totaled $5.3 million in 2019 compared to $4.7 million in 2018 and $5.8 million in 2017. The increase in 2019 was attributable to higher production sold into the secondary market driven by the lower interest rate environment. The decrease in 2018 was attributable to a reduction in the volume of loans sold in secondary market as adjustable rate loan production picked up momentum and was retained in our loan portfolio. Refinancing activity represented 14% of our loan production in 2019 and 11% in 2018 and 2017. Market conditions, housing activity, the level of interest rates and the mix of our fixed-rate and adjustable rate production have significant impacts on our mortgage banking fees. Other. Other noninterest income totaled $5.8 million in 2019 compared to $6.6 million in 2018 and $6.2 million in 2017. The $0.9 million, or 13.0%, decrease in 2019 was primarily due to a miscellaneous recovery in 2018 and lower miscellaneous loan fees. The $0.4 million, or 7.5%, increase in 2018 reflected higher signing bonus income from renegotiated processing contracts and miscellaneous income. Noninterest Expense For 2019, noninterest expense totaled $113.6 million, an increase of $2.1 million, or 1.9%, over 2018 attributable to higher compensation expense of $2.4 million that was partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in other expense. The increase in compensation expense was attributable to salary expense (primarily merit raises) and commission expense (related to residential mortgage originations and retail brokerage transactions). The decrease in other expense was primarily due to lower professional fees and insurance-other expense (primarily FDIC premiums) that was partially offset by higher expense for other real estate (“OREO”) properties. The increase in OREO was due to lower net gains from property sales in 2019. 42 For 2018, noninterest expense totaled $111.5 million, an increase of $2.1 million, or 1.9%, over 2017 attributable to higher compensation expense of $1.6 million and occupancy expense of $0.7 million, partially offset by lower other expense of $0.2 million. Higher salary expense, primarily cash incentives, drove the increase in compensation expense. Occupancy expense increased due to higher equipment/software maintenance agreement expense and to a lesser extent an increase in building maintenance costs (partly related to Hurricane Michael). The decrease in other expense was primarily attributable to lower OREO expense of $1.6 million, partially offset by higher professional fees of $1.3 million. Higher net gains from property sales drove the improvement in OREO expense. The increase in professional fees reflected costs associated with several consulting projects, including both profit enhancements projects and the upgrading of ancillary systems, all of which were complete at the end of the third quarter of 2018. Our operating efficiency ratio (expressed as noninterest expense as a percent of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income) was 72.40%, 77.05% and 80.50% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Improved operating leverage primarily attributable to growth in net interest income is the primary driver of improvement for all respective years. Higher noninterest income also contributed to the improvement in 2019. Expense management is an important part of our culture and strategic focus. We will continue to review and evaluate opportunities to optimize our operations, reduce operating costs and manage our discretionary expenses. The table below reflects the major components of noninterest expense. (Dollars in Thousands) Salaries Associate Benefits Total Compensation Premises Equipment Total Occupancy Legal Fees Professional Fees Processing Services Advertising Travel and Entertainment Telephone Insurance – Other Other Real Estate, Net Miscellaneous Total Other Expense $ 2019 2018 2017 $ 50,688 15,664 66,352 8,734 9,702 18,436 1,722 4,345 5,779 2,056 1,045 2,645 1,007 546 9,676 28,821 $ 48,087 15,834 63,921 8,913 9,590 18,503 2,055 5,003 5,978 1,611 974 2,224 1,625 (442) 10,051 29,079 46,421 15,892 62,313 8,790 9,047 17,837 1,933 3,689 6,253 1,731 868 2,405 1,626 1,135 9,657 29,297 Total Noninterest Expense $ 113,609 $ 111,503 $ 109,447 Various significant components of noninterest expense are discussed in more detail below. Compensation. Compensation expense totaled $66.4 million in 2019, $63.9 million in 2018, and $62.3 million in 2017. For 2019, the $2.4 million, or 3.8%, increase over 2018 was attributable to higher salary expense of $2.6 million, partially offset by lower associate benefit expense of $0.2 million. Higher base salary expense and commission expense drove the increase. The increase in base salaries primarily reflected merit raises and the increase in commissions was related to the residential mortgage and retail securities brokerage businesses. For 2018, the $1.6 million, or 2.6%, increase over 2017 reflected higher salary expense of $1.7 million, partially offset by lower associate benefit expense of $0.1 million. A higher level of cash incentives which reflected improved financial performance drove a significant portion of the increase in salary expense. Slightly higher base salaries and contractual employment also contributed to the increase, but to a lesser extent. 43 Occupancy. Occupancy expense (including premises and equipment) totaled $18.4 million for 2019, $18.5 million for 2018, and $17.8 million for 2017. For 2019, the $0.1 million, or 0.4%, decrease from 2018 generally reflected the closing of two offices in 2019. For 2018, the $0.7 million, or 3.7%, increase over 2017 was attributable to higher equipment/software maintenance agreement expense and to a lesser extent an increase in building maintenance costs (partly related to Hurricane Michael). Other. Other noninterest expense totaled $28.8 million in 2019, $29.1 million in 2018, and $29.3 million in 2017. For 2019, the $0.3 million, or 0.9%, decrease was primarily attributable to lower professional fees of $0.7 million and insurance-other expense of $0.6 million, partially offset by higher OREO expense of $1.0 million. The reduction in professional fees reflected the completion of several consulting projects in the second half of 2018. Lower FDIC insurance premiums drove the reduction in insurance-other expense as we used a bulk of our premium credits in the third and fourth quarters of 2019. The increase in OREO expense was due to a lower level of net gains from the sale of properties in 2019. For 2018, the $0.2 million, or 0.7%, decrease was primarily attributable to lower OREO expense of $1.6 million, partially offset by higher professional fees of $1.3 million. A higher level of net gains (higher gains of $1.2 million and lower losses of $0.2 million) from the sale of properties drove the reduction in OREO expense. During 2018, we sold a banking office in our Tallahassee market which resulted in a $2.0 million gain. The increase in professional fees reflected costs associated with several consulting projects, including both profit enhancements projects and the upgrading of ancillary systems, all of which were essentially complete at the end of the third quarter of 2018. Income Taxes For 2019, we realized income tax expense of $9.9 million (effective rate of 24%) compared to $3.4 million (effective rate of 12%) for 2018 and $12.2 million (effective rate of 53%) for 2017. In September 2019, Florida enacted a corporate tax rate reduction from 5.5% to 4.5% retroactive to January 1, 2019. As a result, our deferred tax accounts were re-measured resulting in a discrete tax expense of $0.4 million. Further, our 2019 state tax rate was adjusted to reflect the one percentage point reduction which will be in effect through the end of 2021 at which time it will revert back to 5.5%. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was signed into law. Among other things, the Tax Act reduced our corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As a result, we were required to re-measure, through income tax expense, our deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at which we expect them to be recovered or settled. We recorded an adjustment in the amount of $4.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 for the re-measurement of our deferred tax inventory. Income tax expense for 2017 also included a $0.3 million write-off of a deferred tax asset related to a cancelled stock award as well as income tax benefits of $0.2 million related to stock-based compensation awards. During 2018, income tax expense included four discrete tax benefit items totaling $3.6 million resulting from the effect of the Tax Act. Three discrete items totaling $3.3 million related to pension plan contributions made in 2018 for the plan year 2017. In addition, we realized a discrete tax item for $0.3 million related to a tax accounting method change for a cost segregation and depreciation analysis for various properties we own which was filed with the extended 2017 tax return. Excluding discrete items, our effective tax rate was 23% for 2019, 24% for 2018 and 36% for 2017. FINANCIAL CONDITION Average assets totaled approximately $2.987 billion for 2019, an increase of $129.9 million, or 4.6%, over 2018. Average earning assets were approximately $2.697 billion for 2019, an increase of $135.2 million, or 5.3% over 2018. Compared to 2018, average overnight funds increased $102.6 million, while investment securities decreased $71.1 million and average loans were higher by $103.7 million. We discuss these variances in more detail below. Table 2 provides information on average balances and rates, Table 3 provides an analysis of rate and volume variances and Table 4 highlights the changing mix of our interest earning assets over the last three years. Loans In 2019, average loans increased $103.7 million, or 6.0%, compared to an increase of $99.8 million, or 6.2%, in 2018. Loans as a percentage of average earning assets increased to 67.6% in 2019 compared to 67.1% in 2018 and 64.7% in 2017. Compared to 2018, we realized average growth in all loan categories except home equity loans and consumer loans. Over the course of 2019, we purchased both adjustable rate residential loans and fixed rate commercial loans totaling $25.2 million based on principal balances at the time of purchase. We continue to make minor modifications on some of our lending programs to try and mitigate the impact that consumer and business deleveraging has had on our portfolio. These programs, coupled with economic improvements in our anchor markets and loan purchases, have helped to increase overall loan growth. 44 We originate mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties through our Residential Real Estate line of business, a majority of which are fixed-rate loans that are sold into the secondary market to third party purchasers on a best efforts delivery basis with servicing released. A majority of our adjustable rate loans are retained in our loan portfolio. Table 4 SOURCES OF EARNING ASSET GROWTH (Average Balances – Dollars In Thousands) Loans: Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Loans Investment Securities: Taxable Tax-Exempt Total Securities 2018 to 2019 Change Percentage Total Change Components of Average Earning Assets 2018 2017 2019 $ $ $ 31,434 14,060 46,314 28,975 (16,219) (825) 103,739 (28,579) (42,566) (71,145) 23.2 % 10.4 34.3 21.4 (12.0) (0.6) 76.7 % (21.1) % (31.5) (52.6) 9.4 % 3.7 22.7 13.6 7.5 10.7 67.6 % 22.7 % 0.9 23.6 8.7 % 3.3 22.1 13.2 8.5 11.3 67.1 % 25.0 % 2.6 27.6 8.8 % 2.6 20.5 12.7 9.2 10.9 64.7 % 23.8 % 3.9 27.7 Funds Sold 102,620 75.9 8.8 5.3 7.6 Total Earning Assets $ 135,214 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 71.8% in 2019 and 70.9% in 2018. The higher loan-to-deposit ratio reflected stronger growth in our average loan balances relative to the growth in average deposit balances. The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31st for each of the past five years is shown in Table 5. Table 6 arrays our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2019, by maturity period. As a percentage of the total portfolio, loans with fixed interest rates represented 38.2% at December 31, 2019 compared to 38.6% at December 31, 2018. Although balances in our fixed rate products increased $16.9 million, stronger growth was experienced in our floating or adjustable rate products relative to the percent of the overall loan portfolio, reducing this ratio. Table 5 LOANS BY CATEGORY (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential(1) Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Loans, Net of Unearned Income 2019 255,365 115,018 625,556 370,959 197,360 281,180 1,845,438 $ $ 2018 233,689 89,527 602,061 349,084 210,111 296,622 1,781,094 $ $ 2017 218,166 77,966 535,707 316,723 229,513 280,234 1,658,309 $ $ 2016 216,404 59,147 503,978 291,691 236,512 264,443 1,572,175 $ $ 2015 179,816 47,402 499,813 301,299 233,901 241,676 1,503,907 $ $ (1) Includes loans held for sale 45 Table 6 LOAN MATURITIES (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer(1) Total Loans with Fixed Rates Loans with Floating or Adjustable Rates Total Maturity Periods Over One Through Five Years Over Five Years One Year or Less $ $ $ $ 47,732 65,273 34,681 16,951 3,977 8,402 177,016 83,089 93,927 177,016 $ $ $ $ 167,347 16,924 95,038 31,571 36,571 242,808 590,259 445,776 144,483 590,259 $ $ $ $ 40,287 32,821 495,837 322,437 156,811 29,970 1,078,163 176,251 901,912 1,078,163 $ $ $ $ Total 255,366 115,018 625,556 370,959 197,359 281,180 1,845,438 705,116 1,140,322 1,845,438 (1)Demand loans and overdrafts are reported in the category of one year or less. Risk Element Assets Risk element assets consist of nonaccrual loans, OREO, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), past due loans, potential problem loans, and loan concentrations. Table 7 depicts certain categories of our risk element assets as of December 31st for each of the last five years. Activity within our nonperforming asset portfolio is provided below in Table 8. Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $5.4 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $9.1 million at December 31, 2018. Nonaccrual loans totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2019, a $2.4 million decrease from December 31, 2018. Nonaccrual loan additions totaled $9.2 million for 2019 compared to $12.2 million for 2018. The balance of OREO totaled $1.0 million at December 31, 2019, a decrease of $1.3 million from December 31, 2018. For 2019, we disposed of properties totaling $2.3 million compared to $2.8 million in 2018. Nonperforming assets represented 0.18% of total assets at December 31, 2019 compared to 0.31% at December 31, 2018. 46 Table 7 RISK ELEMENT ASSETS (Dollars in Thousands) Nonaccruing Loans: 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Nonaccruing Loans (“NALs”)(1) Other Real Estate Owned Total Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”) Past Due Loans 30 – 89 Days Past Due Loans 90 Days or More (accruing) Performing Troubled Debt Restructurings $ $ $ $ $ 446 - 1,434 1,392 797 403 4,472 953 5,425 4,871 - 16,888 $ $ $ $ $ 267 722 2,860 2,119 584 320 6,872 2,229 9,101 4,757 - 22,084 $ $ $ $ $ 629 298 2,370 1,938 1,748 176 7,159 3,941 11,100 4,543 36 32,164 $ $ $ $ $ 468 311 3,410 2,330 1,774 240 8,533 10,638 19,171 6,438 - 38,233 $ $ $ $ $ 96 97 4,191 4,739 1,017 165 10,305 19,290 29,595 5,775 - 35,634 Nonaccruing Loans/Loans Nonperforming Assets/Total Assets Nonperforming Assets/Loans Plus OREO Allowance/Nonaccruing Loans 0.24 % 0.18 0.29 310.99 % 0.39 % 0.31 0.51 206.79 % 0.43 % 0.38 0.67 185.87 % 0.54 % 0.67 1.21 157.40 % 0.69 % 1.06 1.94 135.40 % (1) Nonaccruing TDRs totaling $0.7 million, $2.6 million, and $2.3 million are included in NALs at December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Table 8 NONPERFORMING ASSET ACTIVITY (Dollars in Thousands) NPA Beginning Balance: Change in Nonaccrual Loans: Beginning Balance Additions Charge-Offs Transferred to OREO Paid Off/Payments Restored to Accrual Ending Balance Change in OREO: Beginning Balance Additions(1) Valuation Write-downs Sales Other Ending Balance NPA Net Change NPA Ending Balance 2019 2018 $ 9,101 $ 11,100 6,872 9,229 (3,494) (1,105) (3,286) (3,744) 4,472 2,229 1,298 (300) (2,274) - 953 (3,676) 5,425 $ $ 7,159 12,229 (2,649) (1,452) (3,400) (5,015) 6,872 3,941 2,140 (1,046) (2,793) (13) 2,229 (1,999) 9,101 (1) The difference in OREO additions and nonaccrual loans transferred to OREO represents loans migrating to OREO status that were not in a nonaccrual status in prior period. 47 Nonaccrual Loans. Nonaccrual loans totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2019, a decrease of $2.4 million from December 31, 2018. Gross additions to nonaccrual status during 2019 totaled $9.2 million compared to $12.2 million in 2018. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due or management deems the collectability of the principal and interest to be doubtful. Once a loan is placed in nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized when the ultimate collectability is no longer considered doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. If interest on our loans classified as nonaccrual during 2019 had been recognized on a fully accruing basis, we would have recorded an additional $0.4 million of interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019. Other Real Estate Owned. OREO represents property acquired as the result of borrower defaults on loans or by receiving a deed in lieu of foreclosure. OREO is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of foreclosure. Write-downs occurring at foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. On an ongoing basis, properties are either revalued internally or by a third party appraiser as required by applicable regulations. Subsequent declines in value are reflected as other noninterest expense. Carrying costs related to maintaining the OREO properties are expensed as incurred and are also reflected as other noninterest expense. OREO totaled $1.0 million at December 31, 2019 versus $2.2 million at December 31, 2018. During 2019, we added properties totaling $1.3 million, sold properties totaling $2.3 million, and recorded valuation adjustments totaling $0.3 million. For 2018, we added properties totaling $2.1 million, sold properties totaling $2.8 million, and recorded valuation adjustments totaling $0.1 million. The composition of our OREO portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below. (Dollars in Thousands) Lots/Land Residential 1-4 Commercial Building Other Total OREO 2019 2018 87 383 123 360 953 $ $ 1,030 655 64 480 2,229 $ $ Troubled Debt Restructurings. TDRs are loans on which, due to the deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition, the original terms have been modified and deemed a concession to the borrower. From time to time we will modify a loan as a workout alternative. Most of these instances involve an extension of the loan term, an interest rate reduction, or a principal moratorium. A TDR classification can be removed if the borrower’s financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualifies as a new loan in calendar years after the year in which the restructuring took place. Loans classified as TDRs at December 31, 2019 totaled $17.6 million compared to $24.7 million at December 31, 2018. Accruing TDRs made up approximately $16.9 million, or 95%, of our TDR portfolio at December 31, 2019 of which $0.5 million was over 30 days past due. The weighted average rate for the loans within the accruing TDR portfolio was 5.4%. During 2019, we modified seven loan contracts totaling approximately $0.5 million. Our TDR default rate (default balance as a percentage of average TDRs) in 2019 and 2018 was 3% and 4%, respectively. 48 The composition of our TDR portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below. 2019 2018 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total TDRs Accruing 495 - 7,787 7,083 1,452 71 16,888 $ $ Nonaccruing(1) 55 $ - 176 379 105 - 715 $ (1) Nonaccruing TDRs are included in NAL totals and NAL/NPA ratio calculations. Activity within our TDR portfolio is provided in the table below. (Dollars in Thousands) TDR Beginning Balance: Additions Charge-Offs Paid Off/Payments Removal Due to Change in TDR Status Transferred to OREO TDR Ending Balance Accruing 873 59 9,910 9,234 1,920 88 22,084 Nonaccruing(1) - $ - 1,239 1,222 179 - 2,640 $ 2019 2018 24,724 494 (364) (5,162) (1,644) (445) 17,603 $ $ 34,489 676 (555) (7,327) (2,451) (108) 24,724 $ $ $ $ Past Due Loans. A loan is defined as a past due loan when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days past due. Past due loans at December 31, 2019 totaled $4.9 million compared to $4.8 million at December 31, 2018. Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans are defined as those loans which are now current but where management has doubt as to the borrower’s ability to comply with present loan repayment terms. At December 31, 2019, we had $2.5 million in loans of this type which were not included in either of the nonaccrual, TDR or 90 day past due loan categories compared to $4.0 million at December 31, 2018. Management monitors these loans closely and reviews their performance on a regular basis. Loan Concentrations. Loan concentrations exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities which cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions and such amount exceeds 10% of total loans. Due to the lack of diversified industry within our markets and the relatively close proximity of the markets, we have both geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded. Specifically, due to the nature of our markets, a significant portion of our loan portfolio has historically been secured with real estate, approximately 71% at December 31, 2019 and 70% at December 31, 2018. The primary types of real estate collateral are commercial properties and 1-4 family residential properties. At December 31, 2019, commercial real estate and residential real estate mortgage loans (including home equity loans) accounted for 37% and 34%, respectively, of the total loan portfolio. The following table summarizes our real estate loan portfolio as segregated by the type of property. Property type concentrations are stated as a percentage of December 31st total real estate loans. 2019 2018 Vacant Land, Construction, and Land Development Improved Property Total Real Estate Loans 13.1 % 25.8 38.9 % Investor Real Estate Owner Occupied Real Estate - 61.1 % 61.1 % Investor Real Estate 11.0 % 26.0 37.0 % Owner Occupied Real Estate - 63.0 % 63.0 % A major portion of our real estate loan portfolio is centered in the owner occupied category which carries a lower risk of non- collection than certain segments of the investor category. Approximately 36% of the investor real estate category was secured by residential real estate at December 31, 2019. 49 Allowance for Loan Losses We believe that we maintain our allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to provide for probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Credit losses arise from the borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to repay, and from other risks inherent in the lending process including collateral risk, operations risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. We consider all of these risks of lending when assessing the adequacy of our allowance. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision charged to expense. Loans are charged-off against the allowance when losses are probable and reasonably quantifiable. Our allowance for loan losses is based on management's judgment of overall credit quality, which is a significant estimate based on a detailed analysis of the loan portfolio. Our allowance can and will change based on revisions to our assessment of our loan portfolio's overall credit quality and other risk factors both internal and external to us. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The allowance consists of two components. The first component consists of amounts reserved for impaired loans. A loan is deemed impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the bank will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans are monitored for potential impairment through our ongoing loan review procedures and portfolio analysis. Classified loans and past due loans over a specific dollar amount, and all troubled debt restructurings are individually evaluated for impairment. The approach for assigning reserves for the impaired loans is determined by the dollar amount of the loan and loan type. Impairment measurement for loans over a specific dollar are assigned on an individual loan basis with the amount reserved dependent on whether repayment of the loan is dependent on the liquidation of collateral or from some other source of repayment. If repayment is dependent on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment in the loan less the fair value of the collateral after estimated sales expenses. If repayment is not dependent on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment in the loan less the estimated cash flows discounted using the loan’s effective interest rate. The discounted value of the cash flows is based on the anticipated timing of the receipt of cash payments from the borrower. The reserve allocations for individually measured impaired loans are sensitive to the extent market conditions or the actual timing of cash receipts change. Impairment reserves for smaller-balance loans under a specific dollar amount are assigned on a pooled basis utilizing loss factors for impaired loans of a similar nature. The second component is a general reserve on all loans other than those identified as impaired. General reserves are assigned to various homogenous loan pools, including commercial, commercial real estate, construction, residential 1-4 family, home equity, and consumer. General reserves are assigned based on historical loan loss ratios determined by loan pool and internal risk ratings that are adjusted for various internal and external risk factors unique to each loan pool. On January 1, 2020, we will adopt a new accounting standard which replaces the “incurred loss” model for measuring credit losses discussed above with a new “expected loss” model. We discuss this accounting standard and its potential impact on the allowance for loan losses in the Recently Issued Accounting Standards section on page 62. Table 9 analyzes the activity in the allowance over the past five years. For 2019, our net loan charge-offs totaled $2.3 million, or 0.13%, of average loans, compared to $2.0 million, or 0.12%, for 2018, and $2.3 million, or 0.14%, for 2017. At December 31, 2019, the allowance for loan losses was 0.75% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and provided coverage of 311% of nonperforming loans compared to 0.80% and 207%, respectively, at December 31, 2018, and 0.80% and 186%, respectively, at December 31, 2017. Table 10 provides an allocation of the allowance for loan losses to specific loan types for each of the past five years. The allowance for loan losses totaled $13.9 million at December 31, 2019 compared to $14.2 million at December 31, 2018 and $13.3 million at December 31, 2017. The decrease in 2019 reflected a $0.7 million decrease in impaired loan reserves partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in general reserves. For 2018 and 2019, lower impaired loan balances drove the reduction in impaired loan reserves and growth in our loan portfolio drove the increase in general reserves. We believe our allowance at December 31, 2019 was adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. 50 Table 9 ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Dollars in Thousands) Balance at Beginning of Year Charge-Offs: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Charge-Offs Recoveries: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Provision for Loan Losses 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 $ 14,210 $ 13,307 $ 13,431 $ 13,953 $ 17,539 768 281 214 400 430 2,878 4,971 345 - 578 429 175 1,112 2,639 2,332 2,027 644 7 315 780 533 2,395 4,674 459 26 373 643 191 964 2,656 2,018 2,921 1,357 - 685 411 190 2,193 4,836 313 50 174 616 219 1,125 2,497 2,339 2,215 861 - 349 899 450 2,127 4,686 337 - 408 1,231 409 960 3,345 1,341 819 1,029 - 1,250 1,852 1,403 1,901 7,435 239 - 183 705 136 992 2,255 5,180 1,594 Balance at End of Year $ 13,905 $ 14,210 $ 13,307 $ 13,431 $ 13,953 Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percent of Loans at End of Year Allowance for Loan Losses as a Multiple of Net Charge-Offs 0.13 % 0.12 % 0.14 % 0.09 % 0.35 % 0.75 % 0.80 % 0.80 % 0.86 % 0.93 % 5.96 x 7.04 x 5.69 x 10.02 x 2.69 x 51 Table 10 ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount $ 1,675 13.9 % $ 1,434 13.1 % $ 1,191 13.2 % $ 1,198 13.8 % $ 905 12.0 % 370 3,416 3,128 2,224 3,092 6.2 33.9 20.1 10.7 15.2 280 4,181 3,400 2,301 2,614 5.0 33.8 19.6 11.8 16.7 122 4,346 3,206 2,506 1,936 4.7 32.3 19.1 13.8 16.9 168 4,315 3,445 2,297 2,008 3.7 32.1 18.6 15.0 16.8 101 4,498 4,409 2,473 1,567 3.1 33.2 20.0 15.6 16.1 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate: Construction Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Total $ 13,905 100.0 % $ 14,210 100.0 % $ 13,307 100.0 % $ 13,431 100.0 % $ 13,953 100.0 % Investment Securities Our average investment portfolio balance decreased $71.1 million, or 10.1%, in 2018 and increased $14.5 million, or 2.1%, in 2018. As a percentage of average earning assets, our investment portfolio represented 23.6% in 2019, compared to 27.6% in 2018. In 2019, we strategically did not reinvest all cash flows from the investment portfolio to account for loan growth, and to provide liquidity for potential deposit runoff. We currently believe a relatively short duration investment portfolio offers the flexibility to provide additional liquidity from maturing bonds, if necessary. In 2019, average taxable investments decreased $28.6 million, or 4.5%, while tax-exempt investments decreased $42.6 million, or 63.5%. Taxable bonds declined as part of our overall investment strategy, and non-taxable investments decreased as the tax- equivalent yield was generally unattractive throughout 2019 given the changes from the Tax Act in late 2017. At December 31, 2019, municipal securities (taxable and non-taxable) comprised 1.2% of the portfolio. We may consider the purchase of municipal issues if the yields are attractive given the lower federal tax rate related to the recent changes under the Tax Act. We may also consider municipal issues that are CRA-eligible investments. Our investment portfolio is a significant component of our operations and, as such, it functions as a key element of liquidity and asset/liability management. Two types of classifications are approved for investment securities which are Available-for-Sale (“AFS”) and Held-for-Maturity (“HTM”). In 2018 and 2019, we purchased securities under both the AFS and HTM designations. At December 31, 2019, $403.6 million, or 62.8% of our investment portfolio was classified as AFS, with the remaining $239.5 million, or 37.2%, classified as HTM. At December 31, 2018, the AFS and HTM portfolio comprised 67.2% and 32.8%, respectively. Table 11 provides the composition of our investment securities portfolio. 52 Table 11 INVESTMENT SECURITES COMPOSITION (Dollars in Thousands) Available for Sale U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Equity Securities Total $ Held to Maturity U.S. Government Treasury States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total 2019 2018 2017 Carrying Amount Percent Carrying Amount Percent Carrying Amount Percent 232,778 156,078 6,319 773 7,653 403,601 20,036 1,376 218,127 239,539 36.2 % $ 24.3 1.0 0.1 1.2 62.8 3.1 0.2 33.9 37.2 261,849 133,206 42,365 943 7,794 446,157 35,088 6,512 175,720 217,320 39.5 % $ 20.1 6.4 0.1 1.2 67.2 5.3 1.0 26.5 32.8 235,341 144,644 91,157 1,185 8,584 480,911 98,256 6,996 111,427 216,679 33.7 % 20.7 13.1 0.2 1.2 68.9 14.1 1.0 16.0 31.1 Total Investment Securities $ 643,140 100 % $ 663,477 100 % $ 697,590 100 % The classification of a security is determined upon acquisition based on how the purchase will affect our asset/liability strategy and future business plans and opportunities. Classification determinations will also factor in regulatory capital requirements, volatility in earnings or other comprehensive income, and liquidity needs. Securities in the AFS portfolio are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses associated with these securities recorded net of tax, in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareowners’ equity. Securities designated as HTM are those acquired or owned with the intent of holding them to maturity (final payment date). HTM investments are measured at amortized cost. It is neither management’s current intent nor practice to participate in the trading of investment securities for the purpose of recognizing gains and therefore we do not maintain a trading portfolio. At December 31, 2019, there were 189 positions (combined AFS and HTM) with unrealized losses totaling $0.6 million. GNMA mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasuries, and SBA securities carry the full faith and credit guarantee of the U.S. Government, and are 0% risk-weighted assets. SBA securities float monthly or quarterly with the prime rate and are uncapped. None of these positions with unrealized losses are considered impaired, and all are expected to mature at par. The table below provides a break- down of our unrealized losses by security type. Less Than 12 months 12 months or Longer Total (Dollars in Thousands) GNMA UST SBA States and Political Subdivisions Total Count 24 2 46 6 78 Losses Market Unrealized Value $ 22,589 9,955 36,361 1,611 $ 70,516 $ 42 - 244 - 286 Losses Market Unrealized Value $ 16,027 $ 108,332 17,364 - Count 40 22 49 - 111 $ 141,723 $ 138 76 81 - 295 Count 64 24 95 6 Losses Market Unrealized Value $ 38,616 $ 118,287 53,725 1,611 180 76 325 - 581 189 $ 212,239 $ The average maturity of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2019 was 2.11 years compared to 2.11 years at December 31, 2018. Balances of U.S. Treasuries and municipal bonds declined compared to the prior year, and were partially offset by increases in SBA and GNMA securities. The average life of our investment portfolio was unchanged as slightly longer maturities (out to five years) were purchased which offset the existing portfolio rolling down the curve. See Table 12 for a break-down of maturities by investment type. The weighted average taxable equivalent yield of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2019 was 2.23% versus 2.20% in 2018. This increase in yield reflected the reinvestment of proceeds from lower yielding securities into higher yielding securities during 2019. Our bond portfolio contained no investments in obligations, other than U.S. Governments, of any state, municipality, political subdivision or any other issuer that exceeded 10% of our shareowners’ equity at December 31, 2019. 53 - 217 - 783 - - (Dollars in Thousands) Available for Sale U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities(1) Other Securities(2) Held to Maturity U.S. Government Treasury States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities(1) Table 12 and Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements present a detailed analysis of our investment securities as to type, maturity and yield at December 31. Table 12 MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES Within 1 year 1 - 5 years 5 - 10 years After 10 years Total Amount WAY(3) Amount WAY(3) Amount WAY(3) Amount WAY(3) Amount WAY(3) $ 128,384 1.53 % $ 104,394 2.19 % $ - - % $ 472 3.38 155,040 2.68 566 2.23 5,948 1.80 371 2.68 - - - - 556 4.49 - - - 4.87 - - - - - - % $ 232,778 1.83 % - - - 156,078 2.68 6,319 1.85 773 7,653 4.59 6.02 7,653 6.02 Total $ 134,804 1.55 % $ 260,361 2.49 % $ 2.96 % $ 7,653 6.02 % $ 403,601 2.25 % $ 15,031 1.57 % $ 5,005 1.90 % $ 1,376 1.80 - - - % $ - 1,474 (1.01) 207,423 2.27 9,230 2.98 - - - - - % $ 20,036 1.65 % - - 1,376 1.80 218,127 2.27 - % $ 239,539 2.22 % Total $ 17,881 1.37 % $ 212,428 2.26 % $ 9,230 2.98 % $ Total Investment Securities $ 152,685 1.53 % $ 472,789 2.38 % $ 10,013 2.97 % $ 7,653 6.02 % $ 643,140 2.23 % (1) Based on weighted-average maturity. (2) Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock are included in this category for weighted average yield, but do not have stated maturities. (3) Weighted average yield calculated based on current amortized cost balances – not presented on a tax equivalent basis. Deposits and Funds Purchased Average total deposits for 2019 were $2.537 billion, an increase of $114.5 million, or 4.7%, over 2018. Average deposits increased $51.1 million, or 2.2%, from 2017 to 2018. The year-over-year increase compared to 2018 occurred in noninterest bearing deposits, negotiated NOW accounts, and savings accounts, partially offset by decreases in the money market accounts and certificates of deposit. Increases in 2018 compared to 2017 were experienced in noninterest bearing deposits and savings accounts, partially offset by declines in the remaining deposit types. The seasonal inflow of public funds started in the fourth quarter of 2019 and is expected to continue into the first quarter of 2020. Deposit levels remain strong as we continue to see growth in our non-maturity deposits. Our mix of deposits continues to improve as certificates of deposit are replaced with noninterest bearing demand accounts. We continue to closely monitor several metrics such as the sensitivity of our deposit rates, our overall liquidity position, and competitor rates when pricing deposits. This strategy is consistent with previous rate cycles, and allows us to manage the mix of our deposits rather than compete on rate. We believe this enabled us to maintain a low cost of funds of 35 basis points for 2019 and 27 basis points for 2018. Table 2 provides an analysis of our average deposits, by category, and average rates paid thereon for each of the last three years. Table 13 reflects the shift in our deposit mix over the last year and Table 14 provides a maturity distribution of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 and over at December 31, 2019. 54 Average short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances (maturing in less than one year), and other borrowings, decreased $1.7 million, or 15.6% in 2019. The lower balance was primarily attributable to decreases in repurchase agreements. See Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on short-term borrowings. We continue to focus on the value of our deposit franchise, which produces a strong base of core deposits with minimal reliance on wholesale funding. Table 13 SOURCES OF DEPOSIT GROWTH (Average Balances - Dollars in Thousands) Noninterest Bearing Deposits NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Time Deposits Total Deposits Table 14 2018 to 2019 Change Percentage of Total Change Components of Total Deposits 2018 2019 $ $ 105,010 24,108 (15,330) 19,089 (18,361) 114,516 91.7 % 21.1 (13.4) 16.6 (16.0) 100.0 % 39.9 % 31.7 9.3 14.6 4.5 100.0 % 37.5 % 32.2 10.4 14.5 5.4 100.0 % 2017 35.1 % 34.0 10.9 13.6 6.4 100.0 % MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT $100,000 AND OVER (Dollars in Thousands) Three months or less Over three through six months Over six through twelve months Over twelve months Total Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity 2019 Time Certificates of Deposit Percent $ $ 6,720 6,638 10,423 4,244 28,025 24.0 % 23.7 37.2 15.1 100.0 % Overview. Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. We have risk management policies designed to monitor and limit exposure to market risk and we do not participate in activities that give rise to significant market risk involving exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices. In asset and liability management activities, our policies are designed to minimize structural interest rate risk. Interest Rate Risk Management. Our net income is largely dependent on net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice on a different basis than interest-earning assets. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling market interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income. Net interest income is also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest- bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and shareowners’ equity. 55 We have established what we believe to be a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by management’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits of risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity (“EVE”) at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates for maturities from one day to 30 years. We measure the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on our short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology used by us. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan and deposit products. The balance sheet is subject to testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. We prepare a current base case and several alternative interest rate simulations (-100,+100, +200, +300, and +400 basis points (bp)), at least once per quarter, and report the analysis to ALCO, our Market Risk Oversight Committee (“MROC”), our Enterprise Risk Oversight Committee (“EROC”) and the Board of Directors. (The -200bp rate scenario was not modeled starting in the second half of 2019 due to the low interest rate environment below 2.00%). We augment our interest rate shock analysis with alternative interest rate scenarios on a quarterly basis that may include ramps, parallel shifts, and a flattening or steepening of the yield curve (non-parallel shift). In addition, more frequent forecasts may be produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so dictate. Our goal is to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over 12-month and 24-month periods and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. We attempt to achieve this goal by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets, by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched, by managing the mix of our core deposits, and by adjusting our rates to market conditions on a continuing basis. During the second, third and fourth quarters of 2019, instantaneous rate shocks of down 100 bp over 24-months were outside of desired parameters due to limited repricing of deposits relative to the decline in rates. Analysis. Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, and do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution. ESTIMATED CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME(1) Percentage Change (12-month shock) +400 bp +300 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp Policy Limit December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 -15.0 % 13.8 % 8.9 % -12.5 % 10.3 % 6.6 % -10.0 % 6.8 % 4.3 % -7.5 % 3.4 % 2.3 % -7.5 % -6.2 % -5.0 % -10.0 % n/a -12.4 % Percentage Change (24-month shock) +400 bp +300 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp Policy Limit December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 -17.5 % 35.5 % 37.2 % -15.0 % 26.4 % 29.1 % -12.5 % 17.2 % 21.0 % -10.0 % 8.2 % 13.4 % -10.0 % -13.4 % -6.4 % -12.5 % n/a -20.0 % The Net Interest Income (“NII”) at Risk position was more favorable at December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018 for the 12-month shock for all rate scenarios except the down 100 bp scenario, where it became less favorable. The year-over-year favorable changes were primarily driven by growth in our noninterest bearing deposits, which have a positive impact on our NII. The model indicates that in the short-term, all rising rate environments will positively impact the net interest margin of the Company, while a declining rate environment of 100 bp will have a negative impact on the net interest margin. All measures of Net Interest Income at Risk are within our prescribed policy limits over both the 12-month and 24-month periods, with the exception of rates down 100 bp over 24-months. We are out of compliance in the rates down 100 bp scenarios as we have a limited ability to lower our deposit rates the full 100 bp relative to the decline in market rate. In addition, this analysis incorporates an instantaneous, parallel shock and assumes we move with market rates and do not lag our deposit rates. 56 The measures of equity value at risk indicate our ongoing economic value by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of our cash flows by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which in theory approximates the fair value of our net assets. ESTIMATED CHANGES IN ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY(1) Changes in Interest Rates +400 bp +300 bp +200 bp +100 bp -100 bp -200 bp Policy Limit December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 -30.0 % 37.5 % 24.6 % -25.0 % 30.2 % 19.7 % -20.0 % 21.7 % 13.9 % -15.0 % 12.2 % 8.0 % -15.0 % -22.0 % -13.8 % -20.0 % n./a -36.8 % At December 31, 2019, the economic value of equity was more favorable in all rate scenarios except the down 100 bp scenario when compared to December 31, 2018. The year-over-year favorable changes were primarily driven by growth in our noninterest bearing deposits compared to the prior year. EVE became less favorable in rates down 100bp compared to the prior year as we have limited ability to lower our deposit rates relative to the decline in market rates. Note that a recent update to the ALM policy defines an out-of-compliance position for EVE only if both of the following occur: EVE metrics are outside of guidelines and the EVE ratio (economic value of equity/economic value of assets) is below 5.0%. Since the EVE ratio was 6.8% at December 31, 2019, EVE was within compliance. As the interest rate environment and the dynamics of the economy continue to change, additional simulations will be analyzed to address not only the changing rate environment, but also the changing balance sheet mix, measured over multiple years, to help assess the risk to the Company. (1) Down 300 and 400 bp rate scenarios have been excluded due to the current interest rate environment. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Liquidity In general terms, liquidity is a measurement of our ability to meet our cash needs. Our objective in managing our liquidity is to maintain our ability to fund loan commitments, purchase securities, accommodate deposit withdrawals or repay other liabilities in accordance with their terms, without an adverse impact on our current or future earnings. Our liquidity strategy is guided by policies that are formulated and monitored by our ALCO and senior management, and which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments. We regularly evaluate all of our various funding sources with an emphasis on accessibility, stability, reliability and cost-effectiveness. For 2019 and 2018, our principal source of funding was client deposits, supplemented by our short-term and long-term borrowings, primarily from our trust- preferred securities, securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings. We believe that the cash generated from operations, our borrowing capacity and our access to capital resources are sufficient to meet our future operating capital and funding requirements. At December 31, 2019, we had the ability to generate approximately $1.282 billion in additional liquidity through all of our available resources beyond our overnight funds sold position. In addition to the primary borrowing outlets mentioned above, we also have the ability to generate liquidity by borrowing from the Federal Reserve Discount Window and through brokered deposits. We recognize the importance of maintaining liquidity and have developed a Contingent Liquidity Plan, which addresses various liquidity stress levels and our response and action based on the level of severity. We periodically test our credit facilities for access to the funds, but also understand that as the severity of the liquidity level increases certain credit facilities may no longer be available. We conduct quarterly liquidity stress tests and the results are reported to ALCO, MROC, EROC and the Board of Directors. We believe the liquidity available to us is sufficient to meet our ongoing needs. We also view our investment portfolio as a liquidity source and have the option to pledge securities in our portfolio as collateral for borrowings or deposits, and/or sell selected securities. Our portfolio consists of debt issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. governmental agencies, and municipal governments. The weighted-average maturity of our portfolio was 2.11 years at December 31, 2019 and had a net unrealized pre-tax gain of $1.2 million in the AFS portfolio. Our average net overnight funds sold position (defined as funds sold plus interest-bearing deposits with other banks less funds purchased) was $238.0 million in 2019 compared to an average net overnight funds sold position of $135.4 million in 2018. The increase in this position in 2019 reflected strong deposit growth (primarily driven by noninterest bearing deposits) and runoff from the investment portfolio, partially offset by higher growth in the loan portfolio. 57 We expect capital expenditures over the next 12 months to be approximately $7.0 million, which will consist primarily of technology purchases for banking offices, business applications, and information technology security needs as well as furniture and fixtures and banking office remodels. We expect that these capital expenditures will be funded with existing resources without impairing our ability to meet our ongoing obligations. Borrowings At December 31, 2019, total advances from the FHLB consisted of $5.4 million in outstanding debt comprised of nine notes. In 2019, the Bank made FHLB advance payments totaling $4.6 million. One advance matured, and one was paid off, with no new fixed rate advances obtained in 2019. The FHLB notes are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all of our 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans. We have issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly owned Delaware statutory trusts. The first note for $30.9 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I in November 2004. The second note for $32.0 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust II in May 2005. See Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these borrowings. Table 15 CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS Table 15 sets forth certain information about contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2019. (Dollars in Thousands) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances Note Payable Subordinated Notes Payable Operating Lease Obligations Time Deposit Maturities Total Contractual Cash Obligations Capital Payments Due By Period < 1 Yr 1,282 296 - 515 87,805 89,898 $ $ > 1 – 3 Yrs 3,500 592 - 842 14,836 19,770 $ $ > 3 – 5 Yrs 456 592 - 779 3,380 5,207 $ $ $ $ > 5 Yrs Total 115 20 52,887 702 - 53,724 $ $ 5,353 1,500 52,887 2,838 106,021 168,599 Shareowners’ equity was $327.0 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $302.6 million at December 31, 2018. During 2019, shareowners’ equity was positively impacted by net income of $30.8 million, stock compensation accretion of $1.5 million, net adjustments totaling $1.3 million related to transactions under our stock compensation plans, and $2.8 million increase in the unrealized gain on investment securities. Shareowners’ equity was reduced by common stock dividends of $8.0 million ($0.48 per share), a $2.2 million increase in the accumulated other comprehensive loss for our pension plan, and share repurchases (77,000 shares) of $1.8 million. Shareowners' equity as of December 31, for each of the last three years is presented below: (Dollars in Thousands) Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Subtotal Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity 2019 2018 2017 168 32,092 322,937 355,197 (28,181) 327,016 $ $ 167 31,058 300,177 331,402 (28,815) 302,587 $ $ 170 36,674 279,410 316,254 (32,044) 284,210 $ $ We continue to maintain a strong capital position. The ratio of shareowners' equity to total assets at year-end was 10.59%, 10.23%, and 9.80%, in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. We believe our strong capital base offers protection during an economic downturn and provides sufficient capacity to meet our current strategic objectives. 58 We are subject to risk-based capital guidelines that measure capital relative to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. At December 31, 2019, we had a total risk-based capital ratio of 17.90% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of 17.16%, compared to 17.13% and 16.36%, respectively, at December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, our common equity Tier 1 ratio was 14.47%, compared to 13.58% at December 31, 2018. Our leverage ratio at December 31, 2019, was 11.25% compared to 10.89% at December 31, 2018. For a detailed discussion of our regulatory capital requirements, refer to the “Regulatory Considerations – Capital Regulations” section on page 16. See Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information as to our capital adequacy. At December 31, 2019, our common stock had a book value of $19.40 per diluted share compared to $18.00 at December 31, 2018. Book value is impacted by the net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities. At December 31, 2019, the net unrealized gain was $0.9 million compared to a $2.0 million net unrealized loss at December 31, 2018. Book value is also impacted by the recording of our unfunded pension liability through other comprehensive income in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715. At December 31, 2019, the net pension liability reflected in other comprehensive loss was $29.0 million compared to $26.8 million at December 31, 2018. In February 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,500,000 shares of our outstanding common stock over a five-year period. Repurchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions; however, we are not obligated to repurchase any specified number of shares. In January, 2019, the 2014 plan was terminated and our Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase plan that authorizes the repurchase of up to 750,000 shares of our outstanding common stock over a five-year period. Terms of this plan are substantially similar to the 2014 plan. 77,000 shares were repurchased in 2019 at an average price of $23.40 and 324,441 shares were repurchased during 2018 at an average price of $24.75. No shares were repurchased in 2017. Since 2014, a total of 1,261,730 shares of our outstanding common stock have been repurchased at an average price of $17.74 under our stock repurchase plans. Dividends Adequate capital and financial strength is paramount to our stability and the stability of our subsidiary bank. Cash dividends declared and paid should not place unnecessary strain on our capital levels. When determining the level of dividends the following factors are considered: Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations; • • Our capital position and our ability to meet our financial obligations; • • Projected earnings and asset levels; and The ability of the Bank and us to fund dividends. Inflation The impact of inflation on the banking industry differs significantly from that of other industries in which a large portion of total resources are invested in fixed assets such as property, plant and equipment. Assets and liabilities of financial institutions are virtually all monetary in nature, and therefore are primarily impacted by interest rates rather than changing prices. While the general level of inflation underlies most interest rates, interest rates react more to changes in the expected rate of inflation and to changes in monetary and fiscal policy. Net interest income and the interest rate spread are good measures of our ability to react to changing interest rates and are discussed in further detail in the section entitled “Results of Operations.” OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS We do not currently engage in the use of derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risks. However, we are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our clients. See Note 19 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. At December 31, 2019, we had $519.2 million in commitments to extend credit and $5.8 million in standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. We use the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing letters of credit as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. 59 If commitments arising from these financial instruments continue to require funding at historical levels, management does not anticipate that such funding will adversely impact our ability to meet on-going obligations. In the event these commitments require funding in excess of historical levels, management believes current liquidity, investment security maturities, available advances from the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank provide a sufficient source of funds to meet these commitments. FOURTH QUARTER, 2019 FINANCIAL RESULTS Results of Operations We realized net income of $8.6 million, or $0.51 per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to net income of $8.5 million, or $0.50 per diluted share for the third quarter of 2019. The increase in earnings reflected a $1.0 million decrease in the loan loss provision, lower income taxes of $0.4 million, and a $0.1 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by higher noninterest expense of $1.3 million and lower noninterest income of $0.1 million. Tax-equivalent net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2019 was $26.4 million compared to $26.3 million for the third quarter of 2019. The increase reflected growth in our overnight funds and loans which offset the unfavorable rate variance due to the lower overnight funds rate. Our net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2019 was 3.89% (annualized), a decrease of three basis points from the third quarter of 2019, primarily attributable to the growth and composition of our earning assets. Our provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2019 was negative $0.2 million compared to a provision expense of $0.8 million for the third quarter of 2019. The decrease in the provision was primarily attributable to a lower level of net loan losses. Net loan charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2019 totaled $0.3 million compared to net loan charge-offs of $1.1 million for the third quarter of 2019. Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2019 totaled $13.8 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.5%, from the third quarter of 2019 and reflected a $0.2 million reduction in wealth management fees partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in bank card fees. Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2019 totaled $29.1 million, an increase of $1.3 million, or 4.6%, over the third quarter of 2019. The increase was attributable to higher compensation expense (primarily incentives) of $1.2 million and legal/professional fees of $0.5 million (related to the Brand Mortgage, LLC transaction), partially offset by lower processing fees of $0.3 million and advertising costs of $0.1 million. We realized income tax expense of $2.5 million (effective rate of 22.9%) for the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to $3.0 million (effective rate of 25.9%) for the third quarter of 2019. Income tax expense for the third quarter of 2019 was unfavorably impacted by net discrete items totaling $0.3 million. Discussion of Financial Condition Average earning assets were $2.695 billion for the fourth quarter of 2019, an increase of $24.6 million, or 0.9%, over the third quarter of 2019 attributable to a higher level of deposits, primarily noninterest bearing accounts. Average loans increased $8.6 million, or 0.5% compared to the third quarter of 2019 and reflected growth in all our loan types except institutional loans, consumer loans, and home equity loans. Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $5.4 million at December 31, 2019, comparable to September 30, 2019. Nonaccrual loans totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2019, a $0.5 million decrease from September 30, 2019 and OREO totaled $1.0 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $0.4 million over September 30, 2019. Average total deposits were $2.525 billion for the fourth quarter of 2019, an increase of $29.2 million, or 1.2%, over the third quarter of 2019 and primarily reflected an increase in noninterest bearing deposits, partially offset by declines in money market accounts and certificates of deposit. 60 ACCOUNTING POLICIES Critical Accounting Policies The consolidated financial statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make various estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We believe that, of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance is the amount considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the balance sheet date. Our allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loss experience, loan portfolio quality, economic conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as information becomes available. Our allowance for loan losses consists of two components: (i) specific reserves established for probable losses on impaired loans; and (ii) general reserves for non-homogenous loans not deemed impaired and homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited to, historical loan loss experience, current economic and market conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans. Our financial results are affected by the changes in and the absolute level of the allowance for loan losses. This estimation process is judgmental and requires an estimate of the loss severity rates that we apply to our unimpaired loan portfolio. Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net assets. We perform an impairment review on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill. If the estimated implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated implied fair value. We evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and in 2017 adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying Accounting for Goodwill Impairment which allows for a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment indicators. If the assessment indicates that impairment has more than likely occurred, the Company must compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess. During the fourth quarter, we performed our annual impairment testing. We proceeded with qualitative assessment by evaluating impairment indicators and concluded there were none that indicated that goodwill impairment had occurred. Pension Assumptions. We have a defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of substantially all of our associates. Our funding policy with respect to the pension plan is to contribute, at a minimum, amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set by law. Pension expense is determined by an external actuarial valuation based on assumptions that are evaluated annually as of December 31, the measurement date for the pension obligation. The service cost component of pension expense is reflected as “Compensation Expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. All other components of pension expense are reflected as “Other Expense”. The Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition reflect an accrued pension benefit cost due to funding levels and unrecognized actuarial amounts. The most significant assumptions used in calculating the pension obligation are the weighted- average discount rate used to determine the present value of the pension obligation, the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and the assumed rate of annual compensation increases. These assumptions are re-evaluated annually with the external actuaries, taking into consideration both current market conditions and anticipated long-term market conditions. The discount rate is determined by matching the anticipated defined pension plan cash flows to the spot rates of a corporate Aa- rated bond index/yield curve and solving for the single equivalent discount rate which would produce the same present value. This methodology is applied consistently from year-to-year. The discount rate utilized in 2019 was 4.43%. The estimated impact to 2019 pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate would have been a decrease and increase of approximately $844,000 and $801,000, respectively. We anticipate using a 3.53% discount rate in 2020. 61 Based on the balances at the December 31, 2019 measurement date, the estimated after tax impact in accumulated other comprehensive income of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate is a decrease or increase of approximately $5.8 million. The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined based on the current and anticipated future mix of assets in the plan. The assets currently consist of equity securities, U.S. Government and Government agency debt securities, and other securities (typically temporary liquid funds awaiting investment). The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets utilized for 2019 was 7.25%. The estimated impact to 2019 pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the rate of return would have been an approximate $329,000 increase or decrease, respectively. We anticipate using a rate of return on plan assets for 2020 in the range of 7.0% to 7.25%. The assumed rate of annual compensation increases of 3.25% in 2019 reflected expected trends in salaries and the employee base. We anticipate using a compensation increase of 4.00% for 2020 reflecting current market trends. Detailed information on the pension plan, the actuarially determined disclosures, and the assumptions used are provided in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Income Taxes. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. We recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in other expenses. Recently Issued Accounting Standards The Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other regulatory bodies have enacted new accounting pronouncements and standards that either have impacted our results in prior years presented, or will likely impact our results in 2020. Please refer to Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. On January 1, 2020, we will adopt a new accounting standard (ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements”) which will replace the “incurred loss” model for measuring credit losses discussed above with a new “expected loss” model. ASU 2016-13 along with several other subsequent codification updates related to accounting for credit losses, requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. While the implementation of the standard changes the measurement of the allowance for credit losses, it does not change the credit risk of our lending portfolios or the losses of these portfolios. We are currently finalizing the execution of our implementation controls and processes; therefore, the ultimate impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 as of January 1, 2020 could differ from our current expectation. We currently expect the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will result in a combined 20% to 30% increase in our allowance for loan losses and reserves for unfunded commitments. Furthermore, ASU 2016-13 will necessitate that we establish an allowance for expected credit losses for certain debt securities and other financial assets; however, a majority of our investment securities are government guaranteed treasuries or government agency-backed securities for which the risk of loss is minimal. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 is not expected to have a significant impact on our regulatory capital ratios. Future estimates of the allowance for credit losses will depend on the characteristics of our portfolios, as well as macroeconomic conditions and forecasts, changes and enhancements to models and methodologies, and other management judgments. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK See “Financial Condition - Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, above, which is incorporated herein by reference. 62 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Table 16 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Summary of Operations: Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Loan Losses Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income Noninterest Expense Income Before Income Taxes Income Tax Expense(2) Net Income Net Interest Income (Tax Equivalent) Per Common Share: Basic Net Income Diluted Net Income Cash Dividends Declared Diluted Book Value Diluted Tangible Book Value(1) Market Price: High Low Close Selected Average Balances: Loans, Net Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Common Equivalent Average Shares: Basic Diluted 2019 2018 Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First $ $ $ 28,008 1,754 26,254 (162) 26,416 13,828 29,142 11,102 2,537 8,565 26,378 0.51 0.51 0.13 19.40 14.37 30.95 25.75 30.50 $ $ $ 28,441 2,244 26,197 776 25,421 13,903 27,873 11,451 2,970 8,481 26,333 0.51 0.50 0.13 19.14 14.09 28.00 23.70 27.45 $ $ $ 28,665 2,681 25,984 646 25,338 12,770 28,396 9,712 2,387 7,325 26,116 0.44 0.44 0.11 18.76 13.70 25.00 21.57 24.85 $ $ $ 27,722 2,814 24,908 767 24,141 12,552 28,198 8,495 2,059 6,436 25,042 0.38 0.38 0.11 18.35 13.31 25.87 21.04 21.78 $ $ $ 26,370 2,022 24,348 457 23,891 13,238 26,505 10,624 2,166 8,458 24,513 0.50 0.50 0.09 18.00 12.96 26.95 19.92 23.21 $ $ $ 25,392 1,769 23,623 904 22,719 13,308 28,699 7,328 1,338 5,990 23,785 0.35 0.35 0.09 17.40 12.45 25.91 23.19 23.34 $ $ $ 24,419 1,649 22,770 815 21,955 12,542 28,393 6,104 101 6,003 22,917 0.35 0.35 0.07 17.15 12.20 25.99 22.28 23.63 $ $ $ 23,214 1,451 21,763 745 21,018 12,477 27,906 5,589 (184) 5,773 21,943 0.34 0.34 0.07 16.87 11.91 26.50 22.80 24.75 $ 1,846,190 2,694,700 2,982,204 2,524,951 326,904 $ 1,837,548 2,670,081 2,959,310 2,495,755 320,273 $ 1,823,311 2,719,217 3,010,662 2,565,431 313,599 $ 1,780,406 2,704,802 2,996,511 2,564,715 307,262 $ 1,785,570 2,554,482 2,849,245 2,412,375 302,196 $ 1,747,093 2,535,292 2,826,924 2,392,272 297,757 $ 1,691,287 2,566,006 2,861,104 2,431,956 291,806 $ 1,647,612 2,592,465 2,892,120 2,456,106 287,502 16,750 16,834 16,747 16,795 16,791 16,818 16,791 16,819 16,989 17,050 17,056 17,125 17,045 17,104 17,028 17,073 Performance Ratios: Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin (FTE) Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenue Efficiency Ratio 1.14 % 10.39 3.89 34.50 72.48 1.14 % 10.51 3.92 34.67 69.27 0.98 % 9.37 3.85 32.95 73.02 0.87 % 8.49 3.75 33.51 75.01 1.18 % 11.10 3.81 35.22 70.21 0.84 % 7.98 3.72 36.04 77.37 0.84 % 8.25 3.58 35.52 80.07 0.81 % 8.14 3.43 36.44 81.07 Asset Quality: Allowance for Loan Losses Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans Nonperforming Assets ("NPA's") NPA’s to Total Assets NPA’s to Loans plus ORE Allowance to Non-Performing Loans Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Capital Ratios: Tier 1 Capital Total Capital Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Leverage Tangible Common Equity(1) $ 13,905 $ 14,319 $ 14,593 $ 14,120 $ 14,210 $ 14,219 $ 13,563 $ 13,258 0.75 % 5,425 0.18 0.29 310.99 0.05 17.16 % 17.90 14.47 11.25 8.06 0.78 % 5,454 0.19 0.30 290.55 0.23 16.83 % 17.59 14.13 11.09 8.31 0.79 % 6,632 0.22 0.36 259.55 0.04 16.36 % 17.13 13.67 10.64 7.83 0.78 % 6,949 0.23 0.39 279.77 0.20 16.34 % 17.09 13.62 10.53 7.56 0.80 % 9,101 0.31 0.51 206.79 0.10 16.36 % 17.13 13.58 10.89 7.58 0.80 % 9,587 0.34 0.54 207.06 0.06 16.17 % 16.94 13.43 10.99 7.8 0.78 % 9,114 0.32 0.52 236.25 0.12 16.25 % 17.00 13.46 10.69 7.47 0.80 % 10,644 0.36 0.64 181.26 0.20 16.31 % 17.05 13.44 10.36 7.17 (1) Diluted tangible book value and tangible common equity ratio are non-GAAP financial measures. For additional information, including a reconciliation to GAAP, refer to page 34. (2) Includes $0.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million income tax benefit in the third, second, and first quarter of 2018, respectively, for 2017 plan year pension contributions made in 2018. 63 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PAGE 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Consolidated Statements of Income Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 64 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 5, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. Tallahassee, Florida March 5, 2020 65 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION (Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS Cash and Due From Banks Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits Total Cash and Cash Equivalents Investment Securities, Available for Sale, at fair value Investment Securities, Held to Maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $241,429 and $214,413) Total Investment Securities Loans Held For Sale Loans, Net of Unearned Income Allowance for Loan Losses Loans, Net Premises and Equipment, Net Goodwill Other Real Estate Owned Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Deposits: Noninterest Bearing Deposits Interest Bearing Deposits Total Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Other Liabilities Total Liabilities SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY As of December 31, 2018 2019 $ $ 60,087 318,336 378,423 403,601 239,539 643,140 62,032 213,968 276,000 446,157 217,320 663,477 9,509 6,869 1,835,929 (13,905) 1,822,024 1,774,225 (14,210) 1,760,015 84,543 84,811 953 65,550 $ 3,088,953 87,190 84,811 2,229 78,592 $ 2,959,183 $ 1,044,699 1,600,755 2,645,454 $ 947,858 1,583,998 2,531,856 6,404 52,887 6,514 50,678 2,761,937 13,541 52,887 8,568 49,744 2,656,596 Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 16,771,544 and 16,747,571 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity - - 168 32,092 322,937 (28,181) 327,016 $ 3,088,953 167 31,058 300,177 (28,815) 302,587 $ 2,959,183 The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 66 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) INTEREST INCOME Loans, including Fees Investment Securities: Taxable Tax Exempt Funds Sold Total Interest Income INTEREST EXPENSE Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Total Interest Expense NET INTEREST INCOME Provision for Loan Losses Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses NONINTEREST INCOME Deposit Fees Bank Card Fees Wealth Management Fees Mortgage Banking Fees Other Total Noninterest Income NONINTEREST EXPENSE Compensation Occupancy, Net Other Real Estate Owned, Net Other Total Noninterest Expense INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES Income Tax Expense NET INCOME BASIC NET INCOME PER SHARE DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE Average Basic Common Shares Outstanding Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2018 2019 $ 94,215 $ 84,117 $ 75,717 13,122 312 5,187 112,836 6,840 109 2,287 257 9,493 103,343 2,027 101,316 19,472 11,994 10,480 5,321 5,786 53,053 66,352 18,436 546 28,275 113,609 40,760 9,953 30,807 1.84 1.83 16,770 16,827 $ $ $ 12,081 787 2,410 99,395 4,243 110 2,167 371 6,891 92,504 2,921 89,583 20,093 11,378 8,711 4,735 6,648 51,565 63,921 18,503 (442) 29,521 111,503 29,645 3,421 26,224 1.54 1.54 17,029 17,072 $ $ $ $ $ $ 8,095 1,052 2,066 86,930 1,789 82 1,634 443 3,948 82,982 2,215 80,767 20,335 11,191 8,284 5,754 6,182 51,746 62,312 17,837 1,135 28,163 109,447 23,066 12,203 10,863 0.64 0.64 16,952 17,013 The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 67 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Dollars in Thousands) NET INCOME Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax: Investment Securities: Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale Amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity Total Investment Securities Benefit Plans: Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss Current year actuarial loss Total Benefit Plans Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax: Deferred tax (expense) benefit related to other comprehensive income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2018 2019 $ 30,807 $ 26,224 $ 10,863 3,790 43 3,833 15 4,623 (7,642) (3,004) 829 (195) 634 31,441 $ (409) 55 (354) 199 5,299 (815) 4,683 4,329 (1,100) 3,229 29,453 $ (1,459) 73 (1,386) 223 4,409 (3,470) 1,162 (224) (14) (238) 10,625 $ The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 68 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREOWNERS' EQUITY CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Balance, January 1, 2017 Net Income Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Cash Dividends ($0.24 per share) Stock Compensation Expense Impact of Transactions Under Compensation Plans, net Reclassification per Adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 Shares Outstanding 16,844,698 $ $ Common Stock 168 - - - - Additional Paid-In Capital 34,188 - - - 1,502 $ $ Retained Earnings 267,037 10,863 - (4,071) - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Taxes (26,225) $ - (238) - - Total 275,168 10,863 (238) (4,071) 1,502 144,253 - 2 - 984 - - 5,581 - (5,581) 986 - Balance, December 31, 2017 16,988,951 170 36,674 279,410 (32,044) 284,210 Net Income Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax Cash Dividends ($0.32 per share) Stock Compensation Expense - - - - Impact of Transactions Under Compensation Plans, net Repurchase of Common Stock Balance, December 31, 2018 Net Income Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax Cash Dividends ($0.48 per share) Stock Compensation Expense Impact of Transactions Under Compensation Plans, net Repurchase of Common Stock Balance, December 31, 2019 83,061 (324,441) 16,747,571 - - - - 100,973 (77,000) - - - - - (3) 167 - - - - 1 - - - - 1,421 990 (8,027) 31,058 - - - 1,569 1,270 (1,805) 26,224 - (5,457) - - - 300,177 30,807 - (8,047) - - - 16,771,544 $ 168 $ 32,092 $ 322,937 $ - 3,229 - - - - 26,224 3,229 (5,457) 1,421 990 (8,030) (28,815) 302,587 - 634 - - 30,807 634 (8,047) 1,569 - - (28,181) $ 1,271 (1,805) 327,016 The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 69 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in Thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Provided by Operating Activities: Provision for Loan Losses Depreciation Amortization of Premiums, Discounts, and Fees, net Originations of Loans Held-for-Sale Proceeds From Sales of Loans Held-for-Sale Net Gain From Sales of Loans Held-for-Sale Stock Compensation Net Tax Benefit from Stock Compensation Deferred Income Taxes Net Change in Operating Leases Net Loss (Gain) on Sales and Write-Downs of Other Real Estate Owned Impairment Loss on Premises (Hurricane Damage) Proceeds From Insurance Claim for Operating Loss Loss on Disposal of Premises and Equipment Net Decrease in Other Assets Net Decrease in Other Liabilities Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Securities Held to Maturity: Purchases Payments, Maturities, and Calls Securities Available for Sale: Purchases Payments, Maturities, and Calls Purchase of Loans Held for Investment Net Increase in Loans Proceeds From Insurance Claims on Premises Proceeds From Sales of Other Real Estate Owned Purchases of Premises and Equipment, net Net Cash Used In Investing Activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net Increase in Deposits Net (Decrease) Increase in Short-Term Borrowings Repayment of Other Long-Term Borrowings Dividends Paid Payments to Repurchase Common Stock Issuance of Common Stock Under Compensation Plans Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 2019 2018 $ 30,807 $ 26,224 $ 10,863 2,027 6,253 5,206 (232,259) 234,940 (5,321) 1,569 (14) 1,225 90 214 - 268 30 9,830 (1,176) 53,689 (92,186) 68,185 (119,685) 162,260 (25,256) (39,608) 814 2,360 (3,759) (46,875) 113,598 (7,497) (1,694) (8,047) (1,805) 1,054 95,609 2,921 6,453 6,698 (177,742) 180,425 (4,735) 1,421 (41) 4,837 - (935) (1,213) - 87 7,168 (16,942) 34,626 (102,428) 100,131 (132,895) 161,332 (26,070) (98,068) 663 4,774 (1,458) (94,019) 61,979 2,551 (1,889) (5,457) (8,030) 797 49,951 2,215 6,558 6,626 (191,978) 203,801 (5,754) 1,502 (223) 7,576 - 783 - - 276 2,063 (5,531) 38,777 (98,861) 58,449 (163,469) 198,027 (44,083) (51,625) - 8,031 (3,997) (97,528) 57,591 (2,489) (3,694) (4,071) - 809 48,146 NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 102,423 (9,442) (10,605) Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures: Interest Paid Income Taxes Paid Noncash Investing and Financing Activities: Loans and Premises Transferred to Other Real Estate Owned 276,000 378,423 9,521 6,255 1,298 $ $ $ $ 285,442 276,000 6,879 157 2,140 $ $ $ $ 296,047 285,442 3,952 6,514 2,384 $ $ $ $ The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 70 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Nature of Operations Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”) provides a full range of banking and banking-related services to individual and corporate clients through its subsidiary, Capital City Bank, with banking offices located in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama. The Company is subject to competition from other financial institutions, is subject to regulation by certain government agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CCBG and its wholly owned subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank” and together with CCBG, the “Company”). All material inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company, which operates a single reportable business segment that is comprised of commercial banking within the states of Florida, Georgia, and Alabama, follows accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reporting practices applicable to the banking industry. The principles which materially affect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below. The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provide the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. The Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least a majority of, the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. Two of CCBG's wholly owned subsidiaries, CCBG Capital Trust I (established November 1, 2004) and CCBG Capital Trust II (established May 24, 2005) are VIEs for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of these entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, pension expense, income taxes, loss contingencies, valuation of other real estate owned, and valuation of goodwill and their respective analysis of impairment. Acquisition On March 1, 2020, we acquired a 51% equity interest in Brand Mortgage, LLC, headquartered in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The company is an innovative provider of mortgage banking services doing business in 10 states around the Southeast. 71 Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods and all other cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or less. The Company is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based upon a percentage of deposits. The average amounts of these required reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $29.7 million and $23.3 million, respectively. Investment Securities Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold them until maturity. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading securities are classified as available for sale and carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Securities with limited marketability, such as stock in the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank, are carried at cost. Securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity are recorded at fair value at the time of transfer. The respective gain or loss is reclassified as a separate component of other comprehensive income and amortized as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the security. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and discounts. Realized gains and losses are derived from the amortized cost of the security sold. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, the Company considers, (i) whether it has decided to sell the security, (ii) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before its market value recovers, and (iii) whether the present value of expected cash flows is sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. When assessing the security’s expected cash flows, the Company considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Loans Held For Sale Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. Additionally, certain other loans are periodically identified to be sold. The Company has the ability and intent to sell these loans and they are classified as loans held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is determined on the basis of rates quoted in the respective secondary market for the type of loan held for sale. Loans are generally sold with servicing released at a premium or discount from the carrying amount of the loans. Such premium or discount is recognized as mortgage banking revenue at the date of sale. Fixed commitments are generally used at the time loans are originated or identified for sale to mitigate interest rate risk. The fair value of fixed commitments to originate and sell loans held for sale is not material. Loans Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is accrued on the effective yield method based on outstanding balances, and includes loan late fees. Fees charged to originate loans and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan as a yield adjustment. The Company defines loans as past due when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days late. The accrual of interest is generally suspended on loans more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized when the ultimate collectability is no longer considered doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. Loan charge-offs on commercial and investor real estate loans are recorded when the facts and circumstances of the individual loan confirm the loan is not fully collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable. Factors considered in making these determinations are the borrower’s and any guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay, the status of the account in bankruptcy court (if applicable), and collateral value. Charge-off decisions for consumer loans are dictated by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (FFIEC) Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy which establishes standards for the classification and treatment of consumer loans, which generally require charge-off after 120 days of delinquency. 72 Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance is that amount considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310 – Receivables and ASC Topic 450 - Contingencies. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of two components: (i) specific reserves established for probable losses on impaired loans; and (ii) general reserve for non-homogenous loans not deemed impaired and homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited to, historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans. Loans are deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties and whose loans were modified with concessions are classified as troubled debt restructurings and measured for impairment. Loans to borrowers that have filed Chapter 7 bankruptcy, but continue to perform as agreed are classified as troubled debt restructurings and measured for impairment. Long-Lived Assets Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each type of asset with premises being depreciated over a range of 10 to 40 years, and equipment being depreciated over a range of 3 to 10 years. Additions, renovations and leasehold improvements to premises are capitalized and depreciated over the lesser of the useful life or the remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to noninterest expense as incurred. Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment if circumstances suggest that their carrying value may not be recoverable, by comparing the carrying value to estimated undiscounted cash flows. If the asset is deemed impaired, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the carrying value less the fair value. Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) The Company, through its subsidiary bank, has purchased life insurance policies on certain key officers. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair value of the net assets acquired. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, the Company determined it has one goodwill reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. See Note 6 – Goodwill for additional information. Other Real Estate Owned Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in value are included in noninterest expense. 73 Loss Contingencies Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Income Taxes Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities (excluding deferred tax assets and liabilities related to business combinations or components of other comprehensive income). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years. The income tax effects related to settlements of share-based payment awards are reported in earnings as an increase or decrease in income tax expense. Prior to 2017, income tax benefits at settlement of an award were reported as an increase or decrease to additional paid-in capital to the extent that those benefits were greater than (or less than) the income tax benefits recognized in earnings during the award’s vesting period. On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Act”), was signed into law. Among other things, the Act reduced the Company's corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As a result, the Company was required to re-measure as of December 31, 2017, through income tax expense, its deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at which they are expected to be recovered or settled. Further discussion is provided in Note 11 – Income Taxes. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return and each subsidiary files a separate state income tax return. Earnings Per Common Share Basic earnings per common share is based on net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period excluding non-vested stock. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested stock awards granted using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 14 — Earnings Per Share. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareowners’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareowners. Besides net income, other components of the Company’s comprehensive income include the after tax effect of changes in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale and changes in the funded status of defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans. Comprehensive income is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Changes in Shareowners’ Equity. In 2017, the Company adopted FASB ASU 2018-02, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and reclassified to retained earnings the stranded effects in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the Tax Act. Stock Based Compensation Compensation cost is recognized for share-based awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, generally defined as the vesting period. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of the grant is used for restricted stock awards. For stock purchase plan awards, a Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of the award. The impact of forfeitures of share-based awards on compensation expense is recognized as forfeitures occur. Revenue Recognition Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), establishes principles for reporting information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from the entity's contracts to provide goods or services to customers. The core principle requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. 74 The majority of the Company’s revenue-generating transactions are not subject to ASC 606, including revenue generated from financial instruments, such as our loans, letters of credit, and investment securities, and revenue related to the sale of residential mortgages in the secondary market, as these activities are subject to other GAAP discussed elsewhere within our disclosures. The Company recognizes revenue from these activities as it is earned based on contractual terms, as transactions occur, or as services are provided and collectability is reasonably assured. Descriptions of the major revenue-generating activities that are within the scope of ASC 606, which are presented in the accompanying statements of income as components of non-interest income are as follows: Deposit Fees - these represent general service fees for monthly account maintenance and activity- or transaction-based fees and consist of transaction-based revenue, time-based revenue (service period), item-based revenue or some other individual attribute- based revenue. Revenue is recognized when the Company’s performance obligation is completed which is generally monthly for account maintenance services or when a transaction has been completed. Payment for such performance obligations are generally received at the time the performance obligations are satisfied. Wealth Management - trust fees and retail brokerage fees – trust fees represent monthly fees due from wealth management clients as consideration for managing the client’s assets. Trust services include custody of assets, investment management, fees for trust services and similar fiduciary activities. Revenue is recognized when the Company’s performance obligation is completed each month or quarter, which is the time that payment is received. Also, retail brokerage fees are received from a third party broker- dealer, for which the Company acts as an agent, as part of a revenue-sharing agreement for fees earned from customers that are referred to the third party. These fees are for transactional and advisory services and are paid by the third party on a monthly basis and recognized ratably throughout the quarter as the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied. Bank Card Fees – bank card related fees primarily includes interchange income from client use of consumer and business debit cards. Interchange income is a fee paid by a merchant bank to the card-issuing bank through the interchange network. Interchange fees are set by the credit card associations and are based on cardholder purchase volumes. The Company records interchange income as transactions occur. Gains and Losses from the Sale of Bank Owned Property – the performance obligation in the sale of other real estate owned typically will be the delivery of control over the property to the buyer. If the Company is not providing the financing of the sale, the transaction price is typically identified in the purchase and sale agreement. However, if the Company provides seller financing, the Company must determine a transaction price, depending on if the sale contract is at market terms and taking into account the credit risk inherent in the arrangement. Other non-interest income primarily includes items such as mortgage banking fees (gains from the sale of residential mortgage loans held for sale), bank-owned life insurance, and safe deposit box fees none of which are subject to the requirements of ASC 606. The Company has made no significant judgments in applying the revenue guidance prescribed in ASC 606 that affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from the above-described contracts with clients. The Company has applied ASC 606 using the modified retrospective approach effective on January 1, 2018 to all existing contracts with clients covered under the scope of the standard. The Company did not have an aggregate effect of modification resulting from adoption of ASC 606, and no financial statement line items were affected by this change in accounting standard. Accounting Changes Leases Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-02 requires that lessees and lessors recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. ASU 2016-02 provides for a modified retrospective transition approach requiring lessees to recognize and measure leases on the balance sheet at the beginning of either the earliest period presented or as of the beginning of the period of adoption with the option to elect certain practical expedients. The Company elected to apply the modified retrospective transition approach as of the beginning of the period of adoption and has not restated comparative periods. The Company also adopted the package of practical expedients provided under ASU 2016-02, which provided for the Company not to reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial and direct costs of any existing leases. The Company elected not to apply the recognition requirements of ASU 2016-02 to any short-term leases (as defined by the accounting guidance). 75 The Company’s operating leases related primarily to banking office locations. As a result of implementing ASU 2016-02, the Company recognized operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of $2.0 million and operating lease liabilities of $2.8 million on January 1, 2019, with no significant impact on its consolidated statement of income or consolidated statement of cash flows compared to the prior lease accounting model. The difference between the lease assets and the lease liabilities of $0.8 million was prepaid rent, which was reclassified to lease assets. The ROU asset and lease liability are recorded in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated statement of financial condition. See Note 5 – Leases for additional information. Accounting Standard Updates ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements.” ASU 2016-13 along with several other subsequent codification updates related to accounting for credit losses, requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The Company has developed a new expected credit loss estimation model and is in the process of finalizing the execution of its implementation controls and processes. During the first quarter of 2020, final approval will be obtained for the policies and procedures that govern the credit loss estimation process and the initial one-time cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings. ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. ASU 2018-13 removes the requirement to disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, the policy for timing of transfers between levels and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. It also adds a requirement to disclose the changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value held at the end of the reporting period. For certain unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information (such as the median or arithmetic average) in lieu of the weighted average if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for the Company January 1, 2020 and is not expected to have a significant impact on its financial statements. ASU 2018-14, "Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Subtopic 715-20: Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. ASU 2018-14 removes the disclosure requirements to include amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year and the amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the employer. It also adds the requirement to disclose the weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans and other plans with promised interest crediting rates and an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. ASU 2018-14 is effective for the Company January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2018-14 on its financial statements and related disclosures. ASU 2018-15, "Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal – Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for the Company January 1, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2018-15 on its financial statements and related disclosures. ASU 2019-12, "Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the guidance in ASC 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations or a gain from other items and the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. ASU 2019-12 also simplifies aspects of the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. ASU 2019-12 is effective for the Company January 1, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2019-12 on its financial statements and related disclosures. 76 Note 2 INVESTMENT SECURITIES Investment Portfolio Composition. The amortized cost and related market value of investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity were as follows: 2019 2018 (Dollars in Thousands) Available for Sale U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Equity Securities(1) Total Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market Value Losses Losses Gains Value Gain Cost Cost $ 231,996 $ 155,706 6,310 693 7,653 $ 402,358 $ 849 $ 697 9 80 - 1,635 $ 67 $ 232,778 $ 264,298 $ 325 - - - 156,078 6,319 773 7,653 133,201 42,509 903 7,794 392 $ 403,601 $ 448,705 $ 167 $ 520 - 40 - 727 $ 2,616 $ 261,849 133,206 42,365 943 7,794 3,275 $ 446,157 515 144 - - Held to Maturity U.S. Government Treasury States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total $ 20,036 $ 1,376 218,127 $ 239,539 $ 15 $ - 2,064 2,079 $ 9 $ 20,042 $ - 180 189 $ 241,429 $ 217,320 $ 35,088 $ 6,512 175,720 1,376 220,011 - $ - 220 220 $ 477 $ 34,611 6,486 26 2,624 173,316 3,127 $ 214,413 Total Investment Securities $ 641,897 $ 3,714 $ 581 $ 645,030 $ 666,025 $ 947 $ 6,402 $ 660,570 (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank recorded at cost of $2.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2019 and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank recorded at cost of $3.0 million and $4.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018. Securities with an amortized cost of $353.8 million and $319.6 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes. The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”), is required to own capital stock in the FHLB based generally upon the balances of residential and commercial real estate loans, and FHLB advances. FHLB stock which is included in other securities is pledged to secure FHLB advances. No ready market exists for this stock, and it has no quoted market value; however, redemption of this stock has historically been at par value. As a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, the Bank is required to maintain stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta based on a specified ratio relative to the Bank’s capital. Federal Reserve Bank stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the Federal Reserve Bank at its carrying value. Investment Sales. There were no sales of investment securities for each of the last three years. Maturity Distribution. At December 31, 2019, the Company's investment securities had the following maturity distribution based on contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations. Mortgage-backed securities and certain amortizing U.S. government agency securities are shown separately since they are not due at a certain maturity date. 77 (Dollars in Thousands) Due in one year or less Due after one through five years Mortgage-Backed Securities U.S. Government Agency Equity Securities Total Available for Sale Held to Maturity Amortized Cost Market Value Amortized Cost Market Value $ $ 134,339 $ 103,967 693 155,706 7,653 402,358 $ 134,331 $ 104,766 773 156,078 7,653 403,601 $ 16,406 $ 5,006 218,127 - - 239,539 $ 16,397 5,021 220,011 - - 241,429 Unrealized Losses. The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2019 Available for Sale U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total Held to Maturity U.S. Government Treasury States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total December 31, 2018 Available for Sale U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total Held to Maturity U.S. Government Treasury States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Total Less Than 12 Months Market Value Unrealized Losses Greater Than 12 Months Unrealized Losses Market Value Total Market Value Unrealized Losses $ 9,955 $ 36,361 578 8 46,902 - $ 244 - - 244 93,310 $ 17,364 - - 110,674 67 $ 103,265 $ 81 53,725 - - 148 578 8 157,576 - 1,033 22,581 23,614 $ - - 42 42 $ 15,022 - 16,027 31,049 $ 9 - 138 147 $ 15,022 1,033 38,608 54,663 $ 28,420 $ 53,237 8,243 10 89,910 80 $ 193,501 $ 271 12 - 363 28,735 31,417 - 253,653 2,536 $ 221,921 $ 244 132 - 2,912 81,972 39,660 10 343,563 - 204 51,327 51,531 $ - - 389 389 $ 125,598 $ 34,612 6,281 84,705 477 26 2,235 2,738 $ 177,129 $ 34,612 6,485 136,032 $ $ $ 67 325 - - 392 9 - 180 189 2,616 515 144 - 3,275 477 26 2,624 3,127 Management evaluates securities for other than temporary impairment at least quarterly, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than- temporary impairment losses, the Company considers, (i) whether it has decided to sell the security, (ii) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will have to sell the security before its market value recovers, and (iii) whether the present value of expected cash flows is sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. When assessing a security’s expected cash flows, the Company considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost and (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by rating agencies have occurred, regulatory issues, and analysts’ reports. 78 At December 31, 2019, there were 189 positions (combined AFS and HTM) with unrealized losses totaling $0.6 million. 24 of these positions were U.S. government treasury securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. 64 of these positions were U.S. government agency and mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities. The remaining 101 securities are direct obligations of the U.S. government (95) and municipal bonds (6). Municipal bonds are relatively short-term in nature (less than 5 years), and hold a minimum rating of A+, with over 80% of our municipal bond portfolio pre-refunded or escrowed to maturity with U.S. government securities. Because the declines in the market value of these securities are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company has the present ability and intent to hold these investments until there is a recovery in fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than- temporarily impaired at December 31, 2019. Note 3 LOANS, NET Loan Portfolio Composition. The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential(1) Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer(2) Loans, Net of Unearned Income 2019 2018 255,365 115,018 625,556 361,450 197,360 281,180 1,835,929 $ $ 233,689 89,527 602,061 342,215 210,111 296,622 1,774,225 $ $ (1) Includes loans in process with outstanding balances of $8.3 million and $9.2 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively. (2) Includes overdraft balances of $1.6 million for 2019 and 2018. Net deferred costs included in loans were $1.8 million at December 31, 2019 and $1.5 million at December 31, 2018. The Company has pledged a blanket floating lien on all 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity loans to support available borrowing capacity at the FHLB of Atlanta and has pledged a blanket floating lien on all consumer loans, commercial loans, and construction loans to support available borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. Nonaccrual Loans. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due and/or management deems the collectability of the principal and/or interest to be doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days and still on accrual by class of loans at December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Nonaccrual Loans 2019 2018 Nonaccrual 90 + Days Nonaccrual 90 + Days $ $ 446 - 1,434 1,392 797 403 4,472 $ $ - - - - - - - $ $ 267 722 2,860 2,119 584 320 6,872 $ $ - - - - - - - Loan Portfolio Aging. A loan is defined as a past due loan when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days past due (“DPD”). 79 The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans at December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Past Due Loans 2018 Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Past Due Loans 30-59 DPD 60-89 DPD 90 + DPD Total Past Due Total Current Total Loans(1) $ 489 300 148 629 155 2,000 3,721 $ $ 104 489 124 745 512 1,661 3,635 $ $ $ $ $ 191 10 84 196 20 649 1,150 58 - - 627 124 313 1,122 $ $ $ $ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $ $ $ $ 680 310 232 825 175 2,649 4,871 162 489 124 1,372 636 1,974 4,757 $ 254,239 114,708 623,890 359,233 196,388 278,128 $ 1,826,586 $ 233,260 88,316 599,077 338,724 208,891 294,328 $ 1,762,596 $ 255,365 115,018 625,556 361,450 197,360 281,180 $ 1,835,929 $ 233,689 89,527 602,061 342,215 210,111 296,622 $ 1,774,225 (1) Total Loans include nonaccrual loans of $4.5 million for 2019 and $6.9 million for 2018. Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. Loans are charged-off to the allowance when losses are deemed to be probable and reasonably quantifiable. 80 The following table details the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class for the years ended December 31. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Beginning Balance Provision for Loan Losses Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Ending Balance 2018 Beginning Balance Provision for Loan Losses Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Ending Balance 2017 Beginning Balance Provision for Loan Losses Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Ending Balance Commercial Real Estate Financial, Real Estate Commercial Real Estate Real Estate Agricultural Construction Mortgage Residential Home Equity Consumer Total $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,434 664 (768) 345 (423) 1,675 1,191 428 (644) 459 (185) 1,434 1,198 1,037 (1,357) 313 (1,044) 1,191 $ $ $ $ $ $ 280 371 (281) - (281) 370 122 139 (7) 26 19 280 168 (96) - 50 50 122 $ $ $ $ $ $ 4,181 (1,129) (214) 578 364 3,416 4,346 (223) (315) 373 58 4,181 4,315 542 (685) 174 (511) 4,346 $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,400 (301) (400) 429 29 3,128 3,206 331 (780) 643 (137) 3,400 3,445 (444) (411) 616 205 3,206 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,301 178 (430) 175 (255) 2,224 2,506 137 (533) 191 (342) 2,301 2,297 180 (190) 219 29 2,506 $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,614 2,244 (2,878) 1,112 (1,766) 3,092 $ 14,210 2,027 (4,971) 2,639 (2,332) $ 13,905 1,936 2,109 (2,395) 964 (1,431) 2,614 $ 13,307 2,921 (4,674) 2,656 (2,018) $ 14,210 2,008 996 (2,193) 1,125 (1,068) 1,936 $ 13,431 2,215 (4,836) 2,497 (2,339) $ 13,307 81 The following table details the amount of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class at December 31, disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Period-end amount Allocated to: Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Ending Balance 2018 Period-end amount Allocated to: Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Ending Balance 2017 Period-end amount Allocated to: Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Ending Balance Commercial Real Estate Financial, Real Estate Commercial Real Estate Real Estate Agricultural Construction Mortgage Residential Home Equity Consumer Total $ $ $ $ $ $ 121 $ - $ 533 $ 678 $ 378 $ 2 $ 1,712 1,554 1,675 $ 370 370 $ 2,883 3,416 $ 2,450 3,128 $ 1,846 2,224 3,090 3,092 12,193 $ 13,905 $ 118 $ 52 $ 1,026 $ 919 $ 289 $ 1 $ 2,405 1,316 1,434 $ 228 280 $ 3,155 4,181 $ 2,481 3,400 $ 2,012 2,301 2,613 2,614 11,805 $ 14,210 $ 215 $ 1 $ 2,165 $ 1,220 $ 515 $ 1 $ 4,117 976 1,191 $ 121 122 $ 2,181 4,346 $ 1,986 3,206 $ 1,991 2,506 1,935 1,936 9,190 $ 13,307 $ 82 The Company’s recorded investment in loans as of December 31 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows: Commercial Real Estate Financial, Real Estate Commercial Real Estate Real Estate (Dollars in Thousands) Agricultural Construction Mortgage 2019 Individually Evaluated for Impairment Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Total 115,018 115,018 254,638 255,365 613,599 625,556 11,957 727 $ $ $ $ $ $ - Residential Home Equity Consumer Total $ $ 8,633 $ 1,673 $ 71 $ 23,061 352,817 361,450 $ 195,687 197,360 $ 281,109 281,180 1,812,868 $ 1,835,929 2018 Individually Evaluated for Impairment Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Total 2017 Individually Evaluated for Impairment Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Total $ $ $ $ 873 $ 781 $ 12,650 $ 10,593 $ 2,210 $ 88 $ 27,195 232,816 233,689 $ 88,746 89,527 $ 589,411 602,061 $ 331,622 342,215 $ 207,901 210,111 $ 296,534 296,622 1,747,030 $ 1,774,225 1,378 $ 361 $ 19,280 $ 12,871 $ 3,332 $ 113 $ 37,335 216,788 218,166 $ 77,605 77,966 $ 516,427 535,707 $ 299,035 311,906 $ 226,181 229,513 $ 280,121 280,234 1,616,157 $ 1,653,492 Impaired Loans. Loans are deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans at December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total 2018 Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total $ $ $ $ Unpaid Principal Balance Recorded Investment Recorded Investment With No Allowance With Allowance Related Allowance 146 - 4,735 1,764 255 36 6,936 101 459 2,384 1,482 855 49 5,330 $ $ $ $ 581 - 7,222 6,869 1,418 35 16,125 772 322 10,266 9,111 1,355 39 21,865 $ $ $ $ 121 - 533 678 378 2 1,712 118 52 1,026 919 289 1 2,405 $ $ $ $ 727 - 11,957 8,633 1,673 71 23,061 873 781 12,650 10,593 2,210 88 27,195 83 Nonaccrual loans include both smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans. Therefore, the sum of nonaccrual loans and accruing troubled debt restructurings will differ from the total individually classified impaired amount. The following table summarizes the average recorded investment and interest income recognized for each of the last three years by class of impaired loans: 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural $ Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total $ Average Recorded Investment 975 340 12,536 9,296 2,131 80 25,358 Total Interest Income 65 1 550 495 78 7 1,196 $ $ Average Recorded Investment 1,123 $ 729 17,463 11,890 2,714 99 34,018 $ $ $ Total Interest Income Average Recorded Investment 1,117 339 21,682 14,261 3,290 141 40,830 87 $ 3 653 550 98 7 1,398 $ Total Interest Income $ $ 48 4 911 683 108 8 1,762 Credit Risk Management. The Company has adopted comprehensive lending policies, underwriting standards and loan review procedures designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management and the Board of Directors review and approve these policies and procedures on a regular basis (at least annually). Reporting systems have been implemented to monitor loan originations, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming loans and potential problem loans. Management and the Credit Risk Oversight Committee periodically review our lines of business to monitor asset quality trends and the appropriateness of credit policies. In addition, total borrower exposure limits are established and concentration risk is monitored. As part of this process, the overall composition of the portfolio is reviewed to gauge diversification of risk, client concentrations, industry group, loan type, geographic area, or other relevant classifications of loans. Specific segments of the loan portfolio are monitored and reported to the Board on a quarterly basis and have strategic plans in place to supplement Board approved credit policies governing exposure limits and underwriting standards. Detailed below are the types of loans within the Company’s loan portfolio and risk characteristics unique to each. Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural – Loans in this category are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying collateral and personal or other guarantees. Lending policy establishes debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. The majority of these loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, or equipment. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Loan to value ratios at origination are governed by established policy guidelines. Real Estate Construction – Loans in this category consist of short-term construction loans, revolving and non-revolving credit lines and construction/permanent loans made to individuals and investors to finance the acquisition, development, construction or rehabilitation of real property. These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower or project and generally secured by the property being financed, including 1-4 family residential properties and commercial properties that are either owner-occupied or investment in nature. These properties may include either vacant or improved property. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Loan to value ratios at origination are governed by established policy guidelines. The disbursement of funds for construction loans is made in relation to the progress of the project and as such these loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections. Real Estate Commercial Mortgage – Loans in this category consists of commercial mortgage loans secured by property that is either owner-occupied or investment in nature. These loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower or project with consideration given to underlying real estate collateral and personal guarantees. Lending policy establishes debt service coverage ratios and loan to value ratios specific to the property type. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Real Estate Residential – Residential mortgage loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio are made to borrowers that demonstrate the ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration to underwriting factors such as current income, employment status, current assets, and other financial resources, credit history, and the value of the collateral. Collateral consists of mortgage liens on 1-4 family residential properties. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. The Company does not originate sub-prime loans. 84 Real Estate Home Equity – Home equity loans and lines are made to qualified individuals for legitimate purposes generally secured by senior or junior mortgage liens on owner-occupied 1-4 family homes or vacation homes. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income and debt ratio requirements and combined loan to value ratios within established policy guidelines. Collateral values are determined based upon third party appraisals and evaluations. Consumer Loans – This loan portfolio includes personal installment loans, direct and indirect automobile financing, and overdraft lines of credit. The majority of the consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect and direct automobile loans. Lending policy establishes maximum debt to income ratios, minimum credit scores, and includes guidelines for verification of applicants’ income and receipt of credit reports. Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the ongoing monitoring of the Company’s loan portfolio quality, management categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment performance, credit documentation, and current economic/market trends, among other factors. Risk ratings are assigned to each loan and revised as needed through established monitoring procedures for individual loan relationships over a predetermined amount and review of smaller balance homogenous loan pools. The Company uses the definitions noted below for categorizing and managing its criticized loans. Loans categorized as “Pass” do not meet the criteria set forth for the Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful categories and are not considered criticized. Special Mention – Loans in this category are presently protected from loss, but weaknesses are apparent which, if not corrected, could cause future problems. Loans in this category may not meet required underwriting criteria and have no mitigating factors. More than the ordinary amount of attention is warranted for these loans. Substandard – Loans in this category exhibit well-defined weaknesses that would typically bring normal repayment into jeopardy. These loans are no longer adequately protected due to well-defined weaknesses that affect the repayment capacity of the borrower. The possibility of loss is much more evident and above average supervision is required for these loans. Doubtful – Loans in this category have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan categorized as Substandard, with the characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The following table presents the risk category of loans by segment at December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Loans 2018 Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Loans Commercial, Financial, Agriculture Real Estate Consumer $ $ $ $ 254,434 218 713 - 255,365 232,417 479 793 - 233,689 $ $ $ $ 1,267,555 12,753 19,076 - 1,299,384 1,211,451 11,048 21,415 - 1,243,914 $ $ $ $ 280,121 - 1,059 - 281,180 295,888 54 680 - 296,622 $ $ $ $ Total Loans 1,802,110 12,971 20,848 - 1,835,929 1,739,756 11,581 22,888 - 1,774,225 85 Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”). TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company has granted an economic concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. In these instances, as part of a work-out alternative, the Company will make concessions including the extension of the loan term, a principal moratorium, a reduction in the interest rate, or a combination thereof. The impact of the TDR modifications and defaults are factored into the allowance for loan losses on a loan-by-loan basis as all TDRs are, by definition, impaired loans. Thus, specific reserves are established based upon the results of either a discounted cash flow analysis or the underlying collateral value, if the loan is deemed to be collateral dependent. A TDR classification can be removed if the borrower’s financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualifies as a new loan. The following table presents loans classified as TDRs at December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total TDRs 2019 2018 Accruing 495 - 7,787 7,083 1,452 71 16,888 $ $ Nonaccruing 55 $ - 176 379 105 - 715 $ $ $ Accruing Nonaccruing 873 59 9,910 9,234 1,920 88 22,084 $ $ - - 1,239 1,222 179 - 2,640 For TDRs, the Company estimated $1.5 million and $2.3 million of impaired loan loss reserves for these loans at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Loans classified as TDRs during 2019, 2018, and 2017 are presented in the table below. The modifications made during the reporting period involved either an extension of the loan term, a principal moratorium, a reduction in the interest rate, or a combination thereof. The financial impact of these modifications was not material. 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total TDRs Number of Contracts 1 - 2 2 2 - 7 Recorded Number of Recorded Number of Investment(1) Contracts $ Investment(1) Contracts 1 58 $ - - 1 218 2 162 2 56 - - 6 494 $ $ 230 - 228 108 110 - 676 Recorded Investment(1) 22 65 70 283 203 - 643 1 $ 1 1 2 4 - 9 $ (1) Recorded investment reflects charge-offs and additional funds advanced at time of restructure, if applicable. The following table provides information on how TDRs were modified during the periods included. (Dollars in Thousands) Extended amortization Interest rate adjustment Extended amortization and interest rate adjustment Principal Moratorium Other Total TDRs 2019 2018 2017 Number of Contracts - 1 6 - - 7 Post-Modified Number of Contracts 2 1 1 2 - 6 $ $ Recorded Investment - 25 469 - - 494 86 Post-Modified Recorded Investment Number of Contracts Post-Modified Recorded Investment $ $ 303 33 27 313 - 676 1 $ 3 4 - 1 9 $ 70 302 249 - 22 643 The following table presents loans classified as TDRs for which there was a payment default and the loans were modified within the twelve months prior to default. 2019 2018 2017 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Total TDRs Number of Contracts - - - - - Recorded Number of Recorded Number of Investment(1) Contracts - - $ - - - - 1 - 1 - $ Investment(1) Contracts - $ - - 76 76 $ Recorded Investment(1) - - - - - - $ - - - - $ (1) Recorded investment reflects charge-offs and additional funds advanced at time of restructure, if applicable. Note 4 PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT The composition of the Company's premises and equipment at December 31 was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Land Buildings Fixtures and Equipment Total Accumulated Depreciation Premises and Equipment, Net 2019 2018 23,594 110,774 47,814 182,182 (97,639) 84,543 $ $ 23,697 109,711 45,572 178,980 (91,790) 87,190 $ $ Depreciation expense for the above premises and equipment was approximately $6.3 million in 2019 and $6.5 million in 2018. Note 5 LEASES Operating leases in which the Company is the lessee are recorded as operating lease right of use (“ROU”) assets and operating liabilities, included in other assets and liabilities, respectively, on its consolidated statement of financial condition. Operating lease ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at lease commencement based on the present value of the remaining lease payments using a discount rate that represents the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date. Operating lease expense, which is comprised of amortization of the ROU asset and the implicit interest accreted on the operating lease liability, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and is recorded in occupancy expense in the consolidated statement of income. The Company’s operating leases primarily relate to banking offices with remaining lease terms from one to nine years. The Company’s leases are not complex and do not contain residual value guarantees, variable lease payments, or significant assumptions or judgments made in applying the requirements of Topic 842. Operating leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition and the related lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At December 31, 2019, the operating lease ROU assets and liabilities were $1.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The Company does not have any finance leases or any significant lessor agreements. 87 The table below summarizes our lease expense and other information related to the Company’s operating leases: (Dollars in Thousands) Operating lease expense Short-term lease expense Total lease expense Other information: Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities Weighted-average remaining lease term — operating leases (in years) Weighted-average discount rate — operating leases The table below summarizes the maturity of remaining lease liabilities: (Dollars in Thousands) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 and thereafter Total Less: Interest Present Value of Lease liability $ $ $ Year Ended 2019 325 120 445 331 1,739 6.8 2.9% December 31, 2019 458 $ 424 417 398 382 703 2,782 (269) 2,513 $ $ At December 31, 2019, the Company had two additional operating lease obligations for banking offices (to be constructed) that have not yet commenced. The first lease has payments totaling $1.4 million based on the initial contract term of 10 years and the second lease has payments totaling $2.3 million based on the initial contract term of 15 years. Payments for the banking offices are expected to commence after the construction periods end, which are expected to occur during the second quarter of 2020 and fourth quarter of 2020, respectively. A related party is the lessor in an operating lease with the Company. The Company’s minimum payment is $0.2 million annually through 2024, for an aggregate remaining obligation of $1.0 million at December 31, 2019. Note 6 GOODWILL At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had goodwill of $84.8 million. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if impairment indicators exist. Testing allows for a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment indicators. If the assessment indicates that impairment has more than likely occurred, the Company must compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing and determined that no goodwill impairment existed at December 31, 2019. The Company will continue to evaluate goodwill for impairment as defined by ASC Topic 350. 88 Note 7 OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED The following table presents other real estate owned activity at December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) Beginning Balance Additions Valuation Write-Downs Sales Other Ending Balance 2019 2018 2017 $ $ 2,229 1,298 (300) (2,274) - 953 $ $ 3,941 2,140 (1,046) (2,793) (13) 2,229 Net expenses applicable to other real estate owned for the three years ended December 31, was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Gains from the Sale of Properties Losses from the Sale of Properties Rental Income from Properties Property Carrying Costs Valuation Adjustments Total 2019 2018 (244) 159 (4) 335 300 546 $ $ (2,288) 307 (12) 505 1,046 (442) $ $ $ $ $ $ 10,638 2,384 (1,318) (7,496) (267) 3,941 2017 (1,054) 518 (76) 429 1,318 1,135 At December 31, 2019, the Company had $0.6 million of loans secured by residential real estate in the process of foreclosure. Note 8 DEPOSITS The composition of the Company's interest bearing deposits at December 31 was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Deposits Time Deposits Total Interest Bearing Deposits 2019 2018 902,499 217,839 374,396 106,021 1,600,755 $ $ 867,209 237,739 358,306 120,744 1,583,998 $ $ At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $1.6 million in overdrawn deposit accounts were reclassified as loans. Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 totaled $7.0 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. At December 31, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 and thereafter Total 2019 87,805 10,598 4,238 1,803 1,577 106,021 $ $ 89 Interest expense on deposits for the three years ended December 31, was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Deposits Time Deposits < $250,000 Time Deposits > $250,000 Total Note 9 SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings included the following: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings 2018 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings 2017 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings 2019 2018 2017 5,502 946 182 201 9 6,840 $ $ 3,152 675 172 234 10 4,243 $ $ 1,094 252 159 274 10 1,789 $ $ Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements(1) Other Short-Term Borrowings(2) $ $ $ $ $ $ - - 47 2.85 % - % - - 20 2.41 % - % - - 7 1.60 % - % $ $ $ 6,065 9,141 6,180 0.91 % 0.46 % 10,092 10,092 7,951 0.49 % 0.88 % 7,272 7,272 7,266 0.10 % 0.15 % 339 3,746 3,047 1.73 % 4.11 % 3,449 10,044 3,021 2.31 % 1.61 % 208 6,218 2,654 2.79 % 6.13 % (1) Balances are fully collateralized by government treasury or agency securities held in the Company's investment portfolio. (2) Comprised of FHLB advances. Note 10 LONG-TERM BORROWINGS Federal Home Loan Bank Advances. FHLB long-term advances totaled $5.0 million at December 31, 2019 and $6.5 million at December 31, 2018. The advances mature at varying dates from 2021 through 2025 and had a weighted-average rate of 3.13% and 2.99% at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans. Interest on the FHLB advances is paid on a monthly basis. Note Payable. Long-term note payable totaled $1.5 million at December 31, 2019 and $2.1 million at December 31, 2018. The note matures on March 30, 2027. Interest is payable quarterly on the note equal to the prime interest rate which is adjusted quarterly. A principal payment of $0.3 million is required on an annual basis. 90 Scheduled minimum future principal payments on our other long-term borrowings at December 31 were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 and thereafter Total 2019 1,238 1,201 2,891 553 495 136 6,514 $ $ Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes. The Company has issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly owned Delaware statutory trusts. The first note for $30.9 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I. The second note for $32.0 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust II. The two trusts are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information about the Company’s consolidation policy. Details of the Company’s transaction with the two trusts are provided below. In November 2004, CCBG Capital Trust I issued $30.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the trust. The interest payments are due quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%, adjusted quarterly. The trust preferred securities will mature on December 31, 2034, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time after December 31, 2009 and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. CCBG Capital Trust I also issued $928,000 of common equity securities to CCBG. The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $30.9 million junior subordinated deferrable interest note issued by the Company, which has terms similar to the trust preferred securities. On April 12, 2016, the Company retired $10 million in face value of trust preferred securities that were auctioned as part of a liquidation of a pooled collateralized debt obligation fund. The trust preferred securities were originally issued through CCBG Capital Trust I. In May 2005, CCBG Capital Trust II issued $31.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the trust. The interest payments are due quarterly at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin of 1.80%, adjusted quarterly. The trust preferred securities will mature on June 15, 2035, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the option of the Company and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year. CCBG Capital Trust II also issued $959,000 of common equity securities to CCBG. The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $32.0 million junior subordinated deferrable interest note issued by the Company, which has terms substantially similar to the trust preferred securities. The Company has the right to defer payments of interest on the two notes at any time or from time to time for a period of up to twenty consecutive quarterly interest payment periods. Under the terms of each note, in the event that under certain circumstances there is an event of default under the note or the Company has elected to defer interest on the note, the Company may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock. At December 31, 2019, the Company has paid all interest payments in full. The Company has entered into agreements to guarantee the payments of distributions on the trust preferred securities and payments of redemption of the trust preferred securities. Under these agreements, the Company also agrees, on a subordinated basis, to pay expenses and liabilities of the two trusts other than those arising under the trust preferred securities. The obligations of the Company under the two junior subordinated notes, the trust agreements establishing the two trusts, the guarantee and agreement as to expenses and liabilities, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the two trusts' obligations under the two trust preferred security issuances. Despite the fact that the accounts of CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG Capital Trust II are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the $20.0 million and $31.0 million, respectively, in trust preferred securities issued by these subsidiary trusts are included in the Tier 1 Capital of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. as allowed by Federal Reserve guidelines. 91 Note 11 INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes reflected in the statements of comprehensive income is comprised of the following components: (Dollars in Thousands) Current: Federal State Deferred: Federal State Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform Change in Valuation Allowance Total: Federal State Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform Change in Valuation Allowance Total 2019 2018 2017 $ $ 8,481 247 8,728 (680) 1,913 - (8) 1,225 7,801 2,160 - (8) 9,953 $ $ $ (1,617) 201 (1,416) 3,620 1,285 - (68) 4,837 2,003 1,486 - (68) 3,421 $ 5,792 140 5,932 1,232 974 4,066 (1) 6,271 7,024 1,114 4,066 (1) 12,203 On December 22, 2017, H.R.1, commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 2017 (the “Act”), was signed into law. Among other things, the Act reduced our corporate federal tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As a result, we were required to re-measure, through 2017 income tax expense, our deferred tax assets and liabilities using the enacted rate at which we expect them to be recovered or settled. On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes. The Company’s 2017 financial results reflected the income tax effects of the Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 was complete and provisional amounts for those specific income tax effects of the Act for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 was incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined. The Company recorded a provisional amount of $4.1 million tax expense for the impact of the re-measurement of its deferred tax inventory. No adjustments to the provisional amounts were recorded during the one year measurement period ended December 22, 2018. Income taxes provided were different than the tax expense computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% in 2019 and 2018 and 35% in 2017 to pre-tax income as a result of the following: (Dollars in Thousands) Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate Increases (Decreases) Resulting From: Tax-Exempt Interest Income 2017 Provision to Return - Impact of Federal Tax Reform State Taxes, Net of Federal Benefit Other Change in Valuation Allowance Tax-Exempt Cash Surrender Value Life Insurance Benefit Expense Due to Reduction of Florida Corporate Income Tax Rate Expense Due to Enactment of Federal Tax Reform Actual Tax Expense 2019 2018 2017 $ 8,560 $ 6,225 $ 8,074 (425) - 1,342 294 (8) (175) 365 - 9,953 $ (494) (3,590) 1,174 348 (68) (174) - - 3,421 $ (805) - 724 439 (1) (294) - 4,066 12,203 $ In connection with filing its 2017 income tax returns, the Company recorded a permanent net income tax benefit of $3.6 million. This benefit was a result of deductions claimed on the Company's 2017 income tax returns, partially offset by repricing of its current and deferred income tax position associated with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. 92 Deferred income tax liabilities and assets result from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting purposes and for income tax return purposes. These assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in effect. The net deferred tax asset and the temporary differences comprising that balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Deferred Tax Assets Attributable to: Allowance for Loan Losses Accrued Pension/SERP State Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carry-Forwards Other Real Estate Owned Accrued SERP Liability Lease Liability Other Total Deferred Tax Assets Deferred Tax Liabilities Attributable to: Depreciation on Premises and Equipment Deferred Loan Fees and Costs Intangible Assets Accrued Pension Liability Right of Use Asset Investments Other Total Deferred Tax Liabilities Valuation Allowance Net Deferred Tax Asset 2019 2018 3,525 9,863 2,834 957 2,094 637 2,485 22,395 3,870 2,445 3,290 4,585 441 469 284 15,384 1,680 5,331 $ $ $ $ 3,602 9,102 4,532 1,270 1,869 - 3,101 23,476 3,970 2,356 3,232 5,001 - 469 4 15,032 1,688 6,756 $ $ $ $ In the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets, with the exception of certain state net operating loss carry-forwards and certain state tax credit carry-forwards expected to expire prior to utilization, will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $1.7 million is recorded at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the Company had state loss and tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $2.8 million, which expire at various dates from 2020 through 2039. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in their respective federal or state income taxes accounts. There were no penalties and interest related to income taxes recorded in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. There were no amounts accrued in the consolidated statements of financial condition for penalties and interest as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as file various returns in states where its banking offices are located. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state tax examinations for years before 2016. Note 12 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION At December 31, 2019, the Company had three stock-based compensation plans, consisting of the 2011 Associate Incentive Plan (“AIP”), the 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (“ASPP”), and the 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan (“DSPP”). These plans, which were approved by the shareowners in April 2011, replaced substantially similar plans approved by the shareowners in 2004. Total compensation expense associated with these plans for 2017 through 2019 was $2.0 million, $1.9 million, and $2.2 million, respectively. 93 AIP. The AIP allows the Company's Board of Directors to award key associates various forms of equity-based incentive compensation. Under the 2011 AIP there were 875,000 shares reserved for issuance. In 2019, the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the AIP, created the 2019 Incentive Plan (“2019 Plan”), under which all participants in the 2019 Plan were eligible to earn performance shares. Awards under the 2019 Plan were tied to internally established performance goals. At base level targets, the grant-date fair value of the shares eligible to be awarded in 2019 was approximately $1.0 million. Approximately 75% of the award is in the form of stock and 25% in the form of a cash bonus. For 2019, a total of 29,034 shares were eligible for issuance, but additional shares could be earned if performance exceeded established goals. A total of 25,625 shares were earned for 2019. The Company recognized expense of $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and $0.8 million for years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). In 2007, the Company established a Performance Share Unit Plan under the provisions of the AIP that allows William G. Smith, Jr., the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of CCBG, Inc. to earn shares based on the compound annual growth rate in diluted earnings per share over a three-year period. At December 31, 2019, there were three LTIP agreements in place for the years 2017-2019. The Company recognized $0.6 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million in expense for years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, under these LTIP agreements. In addition, the Company entered into similar LTIP agreements with Thomas A. Barron, the President of CCB for the years 2017-2019 that allows shares to be earned based on the compound annual growth rate in diluted earnings per share over a three-year period. At December 31, 2019, there were three LTIP agreements in place for the years 2017-2019. The Company recognized $0.2 million, $0.2, and $0.4 million in expense for years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Shares issued under Mr. Barron’s LTIP plans were 10,460 in 2019, 9,810 in 2018 and 6,540 in 2017. The Company also entered into a similar agreement with J. Kimbrough Davis, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, which is being phased in over a three-year period (2017-2019) that allows shares to be earned based on the compound annual growth rate in diluted earnings per share. The Company recognized $0.4 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million in expense for the years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, under this agreement. Shares issued under Mr. Davis’s LTIP plan were 4,812 in 2019 and 2,406 in 2018. After deducting the shares earned in 2019 under the AIP and LTIP, 359,761 shares remain eligible for issuance under the 2011 AIP. DSPP. The Company’s DSPP allows the directors to purchase the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 90% of the closing price on the date of purchase. Stock purchases under the DSPP are limited to the amount of the directors' annual retainer and meeting fees. Under the 2011 DSPP there were 150,000 shares reserved for issuance. For 2019, the Company issued 15,332 shares and recognized approximately $38,000 in expense under the DSPP. For 2018, the Company issued 14,470 shares and recognized approximately $35,000 in expense under the DSPP. For 2017, the Company issued 10,340 shares under the DSPP and recognized approximately $22,000 in expense related to this plan. At December 31, 2019, there are 18,578 shares eligible for issuance under the 2011 DSPP. ASPP. Under the Company’s ASPP, substantially all associates may purchase the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to 90% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period. Stock purchases under the ASPP are limited to 10% of an associate's eligible compensation, up to a maximum of $25,000 (fair market value on each enrollment date) in any plan year. Under the 2011 ASPP there were 593,750 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. For 2019, 27,304 shares were acquired and approximately $100,000 in expense was recognized under the ASPP. For 2018, 19,503 shares were acquired and approximately $70,000 in expense was recognized under the ASPP. For 2017, 28,874 shares were acquired under the ASPP and approximately $94,000 in expense was recognized related to this plan. At December 31, 2019, 276,769 shares remained eligible for issuance under the ASPP. Based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average estimated fair value of each of the purchase rights granted under the ASPP was $3.61 for 2019. For 2018 and 2017, the weighted average fair value purchase right granted was $3.57 and $3.28, respectively. In calculating compensation, the fair value of each stock purchase right was estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions: Dividend yield Expected volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected life (in years) 2019 2018 2017 2.0 % 17.4 % 2.3 % 0.5 1.4 % 18.7 % 1.8 % 0.5 1.2 % 21.6 % 0.9 % 0.5 94 Note 13 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Pension Plan The Company sponsors a noncontributory pension plan covering substantially all of its associates. Benefits under this plan generally are based on the associate's total years of service and average of the five highest years of compensation during the ten years immediately preceding their departure. The Company’s general funding policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set by law and to ensure deductibility for federal income tax purposes. On December 30, 2019, the plan was amended to remove plan eligibility for new associates hired after December 31, 2019. The following table details on a consolidated basis the changes in benefit obligation, changes in plan assets, the funded status of the plan, components of pension expense, amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition, and major assumptions used to determine these amounts. 95 (Dollars in Thousands) Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year Service Cost Interest Cost Actuarial Loss (Gain) Benefits Paid Expenses Paid Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year Change in Plan Assets: Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year Actual Return (Loss) on Plan Assets Employer Contributions Benefits Paid Expenses Paid Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year Funded Status of Plan and Accrued Liability Recognized at End of Year: Other Liabilities Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs: Service Cost Interest Cost Expected Return on Plan Assets Amortization of Prior Service Costs Net Loss Amortization Net Periodic Benefit Cost Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase(1) Measurement Date Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Cost: Discount Rate Expected Return on Plan Assets Rate of Compensation Increase(1) Amortization Amounts from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Loss (Gain) Prior Service Cost Net Loss Deferred Tax (Benefit) Expense Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain), net of tax Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Losses Prior Service Cost Deferred Tax Benefit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax 2019 2018 2017 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 149,347 6,114 6,178 25,715 (6,255) (269) 180,830 134,535 28,635 5,000 (6,255) (269) 161,646 19,184 156,327 6,114 6,178 (9,527) 15 3,862 6,642 3.53% 4.00% 12/31/19 4.43% 7.25% 4.00% 6,606 (15) (3,862) (694) 2,035 37,235 50 (9,451) 27,834 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 165,084 6,884 5,661 (16,349) (11,686) (247) 149,347 129,719 (6,251) 23,000 (11,686) (247) 134,535 14,812 130,477 6,884 5,661 (9,564) 199 3,673 6,853 4.43% 4.00% 12/31/18 3.71% 7.25% 3.25% (533) (199) (3,673) 1,118 (3,287) 34,491 66 (8,757) 25,800 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 152,585 6,752 5,750 10,877 (10,541) (339) 165,084 113,813 16,786 10,000 (10,541) (339) 129,719 35,365 144,139 6,752 5,750 (8,026) 223 3,812 8,511 3.71% 3.25% 12/31/17 4.21% 7.25% 3.25% 2,117 (223) (3,812) 5,898 3,980 38,698 265 (9,876) 29,087 (1) Effective 12/31/18, the Company utilized an age-graded approach that varies the rate based on the age of the participants. The service cost component of net periodic benefit cost is reflected in compensation expense in the accompanying statements of income. The other components of net periodic cost are included in “other” within the noninterest expense category in the statements of income. See Note 1 – Significant Accounting Policies for additional information. 96 The Company expects to recognize $4.1 million of the net actuarial loss reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2019 as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2020. Plan Assets. The Company’s pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the target asset allocation for 2020 are as follows: Equity Securities Debt Securities Cash and Cash Equivalents Total Target Allocation 2020 Percentage of Plan Assets at December 31(1) 2019 2018 65 % 30 % 5 % 100 % 72 % 19 % 9 % 100 % 67 % 21 % 12 % 100 % (1) Represents asset allocation at December 31 which may differ from the average target allocation for the year due to the year- end cash contribution to the plan. The Company’s pension plan assets are overseen by the CCBG Retirement Committee. Capital City Trust Company acts as the investment manager for the plan. The investment strategy is to maximize return on investments while minimizing risk. The Company believes the best way to accomplish this goal is to take a conservative approach to its investment strategy by investing in mutual funds that include various high-grade equity securities and investment-grade debt issuances with varying investment strategies. The target asset allocation will periodically be adjusted based on market conditions and will operate within the following investment policy statement allocation ranges: equity securities ranging from 55% and 81%, debt securities ranging from 17% and 37%, and cash and cash equivalents ranging from 0% and 10%. The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is a weighted-average expectation for the return on plan assets. The Company considers historical performance data and economic/financial data to arrive at expected long-term rates of return for each asset category. The major categories of assets in the Company’s pension plan at December 31 are presented in the following table. Assets are segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 utilized to measure fair value (see Note 20 – Fair Value Measurements). (Dollars in Thousands) Level 1: U.S. Treasury Securities Mutual Funds Cash and Cash Equivalents Level 2: U.S. Government Agency Corporate Notes/Bonds 2019 2018 $ 907 142,127 13,943 $ $ 398 112,131 16,788 2,078 2,591 2,822 2,396 Total Fair Value of Plan Assets $ 161,646 $ 134,535 Expected Benefit Payments. At December 31, expected benefit payments related to the defined benefit pension plan were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 through 2029 Total 97 2019 14,230 13,551 13,268 13,089 13,216 57,999 125,353 $ $ Contributions. The following table details the amounts contributed to the pension plan in 2019 and 2018, and the expected amount to be contributed in 2020. (Dollars in Thousands) Actual Contributions Expected Contribution 2020(1) 2019 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 2018 23,000 $ (1) For 2020, the Company will have the option to make a cash contribution to the plan or utilize pre-funding balances. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) covering selected executive officers. Benefits under this plan generally are based on the same service and compensation as used for the pension plan, except the benefits are calculated without regard to the limits set by the Internal Revenue Code on compensation and benefits. The net benefit payable from the SERP is the difference between this gross benefit and the benefit payable by the pension plan. The following table details on a consolidated basis the changes in benefit obligation, the funded status of the plan, components of pension expense, amounts recognized in the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition, and major assumptions used to determine these amounts. 98 (Dollars in Thousands) Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year Interest Cost Actuarial Loss Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year Funded Status of Plan and Accrued Liability Recognized at End of Year: Other Liabilities Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs: Interest Cost Net Loss Amortization Net Periodic Benefit Cost Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase(1) Measurement Date Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Cost: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase(1) Amortization Amounts from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Loss Net Loss Deferred Tax (Benefit) Expense Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain), net of tax Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Loss Deferred Tax Benefit Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax 2019 2018 2017 8,860 349 1,035 10,244 10,244 8,778 349 761 1,110 3.16% 4.00% 12/31/19 4.23% 3.50% 1,035 (761) (70) 204 1,622 (411) 1,211 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 7,285 227 1,348 8,860 8,860 7,557 227 1,626 1,853 4.23% 4.00% 12/31/18 3.53% 3.25% 1,348 (1,626) 71 (207) 1,348 (341) 1,007 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 5,741 191 1,353 7,285 7,285 6,485 191 597 788 3.53% 3.25% 12/31/17 3.92% 3.25% 1,353 (597) (77) 679 1,626 (412) 1,214 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) Effective 12/31/2018, the Company utilized an age-graded approach that varies the rate based on the age of the participants. The Company expects to recognize approximately $1.0 million of the net actuarial loss reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2019 as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2020. Expected Benefit Payments. As of December 31, expected benefit payments related to the SERP were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 through 2029 Total 99 2019 4,059 2,618 2,478 1,419 211 - 10,785 $ $ 401(k) Plan The Company has a 401(k) Plan which enables associates to defer a portion of their salary on a pre-tax basis. The plan covers substantially all associates of the Company who meet minimum age requirements. The plan is designed to enable participants to contribute any amount, up to the maximum annual limit allowed by the IRS, of their compensation withheld in any plan year placed in the 401(k) Plan trust account. Matching contributions of 50% from the Company are made up to 6% of the participant's compensation for eligible associates. Further, in addition to the 50% match, all associates hired after December 31, 2019 will receive annually a contribution by the Company equal to 3% of their compensation. For 2019, the Company made annual matching contributions of $0.7 million. For 2017 and 2018, the Company made annual matching contributions of $0.6 million. The participant may choose to invest their contributions into thirty-three investment options available to 401(k) participants, including the Company’s common stock. A total of 50,000 shares of CCBG common stock have been reserved for issuance. Shares issued to participants have historically been purchased in the open market. Other Plans The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan. A total of 250,000 shares have been reserved for issuance. In recent years, shares for the Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan have been acquired in the open market and, thus, the Company did not issue any shares under this plan in 2019, 2018 and 2017. Note 14 EARNINGS PER SHARE The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: (Dollars and Per Share Data in Thousands) Numerator: Net Income 2019 2018 2017 $ 30,807 $ 26,224 $ 10,863 Denominator: Denominator for Basic Earnings Per Share Weighted-Average Shares Effects of Dilutive Securities Stock Compensation Plans 16,770 57 17,029 43 16,952 61 Denominator for Diluted Earnings Per Share Adjusted Weighted-Average Shares and Assumed Conversions Basic Earnings Per Share Diluted Earnings Per Share Note 15 REGULATORY MATTERS 16,827 17,072 17,013 $ $ 1.84 1.83 $ $ 1.54 1.54 $ $ 0.64 0.64 Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. A detailed description of these regulatory capital requirements is provided in the section captioned “Regulatory Considerations – Capital Regulations” section on page 14. Management believes, at December 31, 2019 and 2018, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. At December 31, 2019, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum common equity Tier 1, total risk-based, Tier 1 risk based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are not conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Company and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented in the following table. 100 (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Common Equity Tier 1: CCBG CCB Tier 1 Capital: CCBG CCB Total Capital: CCBG CCB Tier 1 Leverage: CCBG CCB 2018 Common Equity Tier 1: CCBG CCB Tier 1 Capital: CCBG CCB Total Capital: CCBG CCB Tier 1 Leverage: CCBG CCB Actual Amount Ratio Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio Amount To Be Well- Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Ratio Amount $ 273,676 304,340 14.47% $ 16.14% 85,131 84,867 4.50% 4.50% $ * 122,585 * 6.50% 324,676 304,340 17.16% 16.14% 113,509 113,156 6.00% 6.00% * 150,874 * 8.00% 338,582 318,245 17.90% 16.87% 151,345 150,874 8.00% 8.00% * 188,593 * 10.00% 324,676 304,340 11.25% 10.57% 115,459 115,168 4.00% 4.00% * 143,960 * 5.00% $ 249,774 290,014 13.58% $ 15.82% 82,748 82,503 4.50% 4.50% $ * 119,172 * 6.50% 300,774 290,014 16.36% 15.82% 110,331 110,005 6.00% 6.00% * 146,673 * 8.00% 314,984 304,224 17.13% 16.59% 147,108 146,673 8.00% 8.00% * 183,341 * 10.00% 300,774 290,014 10.89% 10.53% 110,491 110,216 4.00% 4.00% * 137,770 * 5.00% * Not applicable to bank holding companies. Dividend Restrictions. In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from its banking subsidiary to provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareowners and to provide for other cash requirements. Banking regulations may limit the amount of dividends that may be paid. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of the Company’s banking subsidiary to fall below specified minimum levels. Approval is also required if dividends declared exceed the net profits of the banking subsidiary for that year combined with the retained net profits for proceeding two years. In 2020, the bank subsidiary may declare dividends without regulatory approval of $28.7 million plus an additional amount equal to net profits of the Company’s subsidiary bank for 2020 up to the date of any such dividend declaration. Note 16 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FASB Topic ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income” requires that certain transactions and other economic events that bypass the income statement be displayed as other comprehensive income. Total comprehensive income is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and changes in shareowners’ equity. 101 The following table summarizes the tax effects for each component of other comprehensive income (loss) and includes separately the reclassification adjustment for investment securities and benefit plans: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Investment Securities: Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity Total Investment Securities Benefit Plans: Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss Current year actuarial loss Total Benefit Plans Total Other Comprehensive Income 2018 Investment Securities: Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity Total Investment Securities Benefit Plans: Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss Current year actuarial loss Total Benefit Plans Before Tax Amount Tax (Expense) Benefit Net of Tax Amount $ 3,790 $ (950) $ 2,840 $ $ 43 3,833 15 4,623 (7,642) (3,004) (11) (961) (4) (1,170) 1,940 766 32 2,872 11 3,453 (5,702) (2,238) 829 $ (195) $ 634 (409) $ 103 $ (306) 55 (354) 199 5,299 (815) 4,683 (14) 89 (50) (1,346) 207 (1,189) 41 (265) 149 3,953 (608) 3,494 Total Other Comprehensive Income $ 4,329 $ (1,100) $ 3,229 2017 Investment Securities: Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale Amortization of losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity Total Investment Securities Benefit Plans: Reclassification adjustment for amortization of prior service cost Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net loss Current year actuarial loss Total Benefit Plans $ (1,459) $ 564 $ (895) 73 (1,386) 223 4,409 (3,470) 1,162 (29) 535 (86) (1,622) 1,159 (549) 44 (851) 137 2,787 (2,311) 613 Total Other Comprehensive Loss $ (224) $ (14) $ (238) 102 Accumulated other comprehensive loss was comprised of the following components: (Dollars in Thousands) Balance as of January 1, 2019 Other comprehensive income (loss) during the period Balance as of December 31, 2019 Balance as of January 1, 2018 Other comprehensive (loss) income during the period Balance as of December 31, 2018 Balance as of January 1, 2017 Other comprehensive (loss) income during the period Adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 Balance as of December 31, 2017 Note 17 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Securities Available for Sale Retirement Plans Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (2,008) 2,872 864 (1,743) (265) (2,008) (583) (851) (309) (1,743) $ $ $ $ $ $ (26,807) (2,238) (29,045) (30,301) 3,494 (26,807) (25,642) 613 (5,272) (30,301) $ $ $ $ $ $ (28,815) 634 (28,181) (32,044) 3,229 (28,815) (26,225) (238) (5,581) (32,044) $ $ $ $ $ $ At December 31, 2019 and 2018, certain officers and directors were indebted to the Company’s bank subsidiary in the aggregate amount of $7.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively. During 2019, $10.9 million in new loans were made and repayments totaled $11.8 million. These loans were all current at year-end. Deposits from certain directors, executive officers, and their related interests totaled $29.7 million and $37.9 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Under a lease agreement expiring in 2024, the Bank leases land from a partnership in which William G. Smith, Jr. has an interest. The lease agreement with Smith Interests General Partnership L.L.P. provides for annual lease payments of approximately $177,000, to be adjusted for inflation in future years. William G. Smith, III, the son of our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, William G. Smith, Jr., is employed as a Vice President of Capital City Bank. In 2019, William G. Smith, III’s total compensation (consisting of annual base salary, annual bonus, and stock-based compensation) was approximately $152,000. His compensation was determined in accordance with our standard employment and compensation practices applicable to associates with similar responsibilities and positions. Note 18 OTHER NONINTEREST EXPENSE Components of other noninterest expense in excess of 1% of the sum of total interest income and noninterest income, which are not disclosed separately elsewhere, are presented below for each of the respective years. (Dollars in Thousands) Legal Fees Professional Fees Telephone Advertising Processing Services Insurance – Other Pension – Other Other Total 2019 2018 2017 $ $ 1,722 4,345 2,645 2,056 5,779 1,007 1,642 9,079 28,275 $ $ 2,055 5,003 2,224 1,611 5,978 1,625 1,828 9,197 29,521 $ $ 1,933 3,689 2,405 1,731 6,253 1,626 2,565 7,961 28,163 103 Note 19 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Lending Commitments. The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss under standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing letters of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, the amounts associated with the Company’s off-balance sheet obligations were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Commitments to Extend Credit(1) Standby Letters of Credit Total Fixed 114,903 5,783 120,686 $ $ 2019 Variable $ $ 404,345 - 404,345 $ $ Total 519,248 5,783 525,031 $ $ Fixed 2018 Variable 94,572 4,986 99,558 $ $ 373,438 - 373,438 $ $ Total 468,010 4,986 472,996 (1) Commitments include unfunded loans, revolving lines of credit, and other unused commitments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. In general, management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of participating in these types of transactions. However, any potential losses arising from such transactions are reserved for in the same manner as management reserves for its other credit facilities. For both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, the Company requires collateral to support such instruments when it is deemed necessary. The Company evaluates each client’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include deposits held in financial institutions; U.S. Treasury securities; other marketable securities; real estate; accounts receivable; property, plant and equipment; and inventory. Other Commitments. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into lease commitments which are classified as operating leases. Rent expense incurred under these leases was approximately $0.4 million in 2019 and $0.5 million in 2018 and 2017. Minimum lease payments under these leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2019, are as follows (dollars in millions): 2020, $0.5; 2021, $0.4; 2022, $0.4; 2023, $0.4, thereafter, $1.1. Contingencies. The Company is a party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. In management's opinion, there are no known pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company. Indemnification Obligation. The Company is a member of the Visa U.S.A. network. Visa U.S.A believes that its member banks are required to indemnify it for potential future settlement of certain litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) that relates to several antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of Visa and MasterCard International. In 2008, the Company, as a member of the Visa U.S.A. network, obtained Class B shares of Visa, Inc. upon its initial public offering. Since its initial public offering, Visa, Inc. has funded a litigation reserve for the Covered Litigation resulting in a reduction in the Class B shares held by the Company. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company sold its remaining Class B shares resulting in a $3.2 million pre-tax gain. Associated with this sale, the Company entered into a swap contract with the purchaser of the shares that requires a payment to the counterparty in the event that Visa, Inc. makes subsequent revisions to the conversion ratio for its Class B shares. Further information on the swap contract is contained within Note 20 below. In September 2019, Visa increased the litigation reserve by $300 million and revised the conversion ratio for the Class B shares resulting in a $0.1 million payable due the counterparty under the swap contract. Fixed charges included in the swap liability are payable quarterly until the litigation reserve is fully liquidated and at which time the aforementioned swap contract will be terminated. Payments during 2019 totaled $624,000. Conversion ratio payments and ongoing fixed quarterly charges are reflected in earnings in the period incurred. 104 Note 20 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows: • • • Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 Inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated, by market data by correlation or other means. Level 3 Inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Securities Available for Sale. U.S. Treasury securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. Other securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. In general, the Company does not purchase securities that have a complicated structure. The Company’s entire portfolio consists of traditional investments, nearly all of which are U.S. Treasury obligations, federal agency bullet or mortgage pass-through securities, or general obligation or revenue based municipal bonds. Pricing for such instruments is easily obtained. At least annually, the Company will validate prices supplied by the independent pricing service by comparing them to prices obtained from an independent third-party source. Fair Value Swap. The Company entered into a stand-alone derivative contract with the purchaser of its Visa Class B shares. The valuation represents the amount due and payable to the counterparty based upon the revised share conversion rate, if any, during the period. At December 31, 2019, there were no amounts payable. 105 A summary of fair values for assets and liabilities at December 31 consisted of the following: (Dollars in Thousands) 2019 Securities Available for Sale: U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Equity Securities 2018 Securities Available for Sale: U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency State and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Equity Securities Level 1 Inputs Level 2 Inputs Level 3 Inputs Total Fair Value $ $ $ $ 232,778 - - - - 261,849 - - - - $ $ - 156,078 6,319 773 7,653 - 133,206 42,365 943 7,794 $ $ - - - - - - - - - - 232,778 156,078 6,319 773 7,653 261,849 133,206 42,365 943 7,794 Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis (i.e., the assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances). An example would be assets exhibiting evidence of impairment. The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured on a non-recurring basis. Impaired Loans. Impairment for collateral dependent loans is measured using the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The fair value of collateral is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with banking regulations. Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the volatility in the real estate market, and the judgment and estimation involved in the real estate appraisal process. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods. Impaired collateral dependent loans had a carrying value of $6.6 million with a valuation allowance of $0.5 million at December 31, 2019 and $5.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018. Loans Held for Sale. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. Fair value is based on observable markets rates for comparable loan products, which is considered a Level 2 fair value measurement. Other Real Estate Owned. During 2019 and 2018, certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, were measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based on the fair value of the foreclosed asset less estimated cost to sell. The fair value of the foreclosed asset is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with banking regulations. On an ongoing basis, we obtain updated appraisals on foreclosed assets and record valuation adjustments as necessary. The fair value of foreclosed assets is estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the judgment and estimation involved in the real estate valuation process. Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value The Company is required to disclose the estimated fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, for which it is practical to estimate fair value and the following is a description of valuation methodologies used for those assets and liabilities. Cash and Short-Term Investments. The carrying amount of cash and short-term investments is used to approximate fair value, given the short time frame to maturity and as such assets do not present unanticipated credit concerns. Securities Held to Maturity. Securities held to maturity are valued in accordance with the methodology previously noted in the caption “Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis – Securities Available for Sale”. 106 Loans. The loan portfolio is segregated into categories and the fair value of each loan category is calculated using present value techniques based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates. Pursuant to the adoption of ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, the values reported reflect the incorporation of a liquidity discount to meet the objective of “exit price” valuation. Deposits. The fair value of Noninterest Bearing Deposits, NOW Accounts, Money Market Accounts and Savings Accounts are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using present value techniques and rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Subordinated Notes Payable. The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar obligations. Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings. The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar debt. A summary of estimated fair values of significant financial instruments at December 31 consisted of the following: Carrying Value Level 1 Inputs Level 2 Inputs Level 3 Inputs 2019 (Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS: Cash Short-Term Investments Investment Securities, Available for Sale Investment Securities, Held to Maturity Loans Held for Sale Equity Securities(1) Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses LIABILITIES: Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Long-Term Borrowings $ $ 60,087 318,336 403,601 239,539 9,509 3,591 1,822,024 2,645,454 6,404 52,887 6,514 (1) Not readily marketable securities are reflected in other assets. (Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS: Cash Short-Term Investments Investment Securities, Available for Sale Investment Securities, Held to Maturity Loans Held for Sale Other Equity Securities Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses LIABILITIES: Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Long-Term Borrowings $ $ Carrying Value 62,032 213,968 446,157 217,320 6,869 3,591 1,760,015 2,531,856 13,541 52,887 8,568 $ $ $ $ $ $ 60,087 318,336 232,778 20,042 - - - - - - - - - 170,823 221,387 9,509 3,591 - 2,644,430 6,404 40,280 6,623 2018 Level 1 Inputs Level 2 Inputs $ $ 62,032 213,968 261,849 34,611 - - - - - - - - - 184,308 179,802 6,869 3,591 - 2,529,841 13,541 42,359 7,879 $ $ $ $ - - - - - - 1,804,930 - - - - Level 3 Inputs - - - - - - 1,730,161 - - - - All non-financial instruments are excluded from the above table. The disclosures also do not include goodwill. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. 107 Note 21 PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION The following are condensed statements of financial condition of the parent company at December 31: Parent Company Statements of Financial Condition (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) ASSETS Cash and Due From Subsidiary Bank Investment in Subsidiary Bank Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Long-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Liabilities Total Liabilities SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 16,771,544 and 16,747,571 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity 2019 2018 $ $ $ 28,924 359,577 5,884 394,385 1,500 52,887 12,982 67,369 19,053 344,714 5,440 369,207 2,100 52,887 11,633 66,620 168 167 32,092 322,937 (28,181) 327,016 394,385 $ 31,058 300,177 (28,815) 302,587 369,207 $ $ $ $ 108 The operating results of the parent company for the three years ended December 31 are shown below: Parent Company Statements of Operations (Dollars in Thousands) OPERATING INCOME Income Received from Subsidiary Bank: Administrative Fees Dividends Other Income Total Operating Income OPERATING EXPENSE Salaries and Associate Benefits Interest on Subordinated Notes Payable Professional Fees Advertising Legal Fees Other Total Operating Expense Earnings Before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Income Tax (Benefit) Expense Earnings Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Net Income 2019 2018 2017 $ $ $ 6,517 19,000 203 25,720 $ 5,700 15,000 171 20,871 3,928 2,381 1,196 157 391 1,711 9,764 3,679 2,286 1,210 106 166 2,170 9,617 15,956 (632) 16,588 14,219 30,807 $ 11,254 (901) 12,155 14,069 26,224 $ 4,813 12,000 124 16,937 3,783 1,761 1,072 130 140 1,338 8,224 8,713 166 8,547 2,316 10,863 109 The cash flows for the parent company for the three years ended December 31 were as follows: Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in Thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net Income Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities: Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Stock Compensation (Increase) Decrease in Other Assets Increase in Other Liabilities Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Repayment of Long-Term Borrowings Dividends Paid Issuance of Common Stock Under Compensation Plans Payments to Repurchase Common Stock Net Cash Used In Financing Activities 2019 2018 2017 $ 30,807 $ 26,224 $ 10,863 (14,219) 1,569 (445) 1,557 19,269 (600) (8,047) 1,054 (1,805) (9,398) (14,069) 1,421 (327) 1,579 14,828 (600) (5,457) 797 (8,030) (13,290) (2,316) 1,502 450 960 11,459 (300) (4,071) 809 - (3,562) 7,897 9,618 17,515 Net Increase in Cash Cash at Beginning of Year Cash at End of Year 9,871 19,053 28,924 $ 1,538 17,515 19,053 $ $ 110 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. At December 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer each concluded that at December 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we maintained effective disclosure controls and procedures. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our management has concluded we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f), at December 31, 2019. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management. Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and opined as to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2019, as stated in its attestation report, which is included herein on page 112. Change in Internal Control. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has reviewed our internal control. There have been no changes in our internal control during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information None. 111 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareowners and the Board of Directors of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited Capital City Bank Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes of the Company and our report dated March 5, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Tallahassee, Florida March 5, 2020 112 Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance at Capital City,” “Share Ownership” and “Board Committee Membership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 23, 2020. Item 11. Executive Compensation Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 23, 2020. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowners Matters The 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan were approved by the Registrant’s shareowners. The following table provides certain information regarding the Registrant’s equity compensation plans. Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, and rights (a) — — — Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) $ — — $ — Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) 655,108(1) — 655,108 Plan Category Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Securities Holders Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Securities Holders Total (1) Consists of 359,761 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 276,769 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 18,578 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan. Of these plans, the only plan under which options may be granted in the future is our 2011 Associate Incentive Plan. The other information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section captioned “Share Ownership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 23, 2020. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Transactions With Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance at Capital City” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 23, 2020. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Audit Committee Matters” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 23, 2020. 113 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules The following documents are filed as part of this report 1. Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at the End of Fiscal Years 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Income for Fiscal Years 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal Years 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity for Fiscal Years 2019, 2018, and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2019, 2018, and 2017 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 2. Financial Statement Schedules Other schedules and exhibits are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto. 3. Exhibits Required to be Filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K Reg. S-K Exhibit Table Item No. Description of Exhibit 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.6 10.7 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Registrant’s 1996 Proxy Statement (filed 4/11/96) (No. 0-13358). Amended and Restated Bylaws - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 11/30/07) (No. 0-13358). See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which define the rights of the Registrant’s shareowners. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Incentive Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). In accordance with Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. not exceeding 10% of the total assets of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries have been omitted; the Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any such instruments to the Commission upon request. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 1996 Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form S-3 (filed 01/30/97) (No. 333- 20683). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/27/03) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Registrant’s Form S-8 (filed 09/30/97) (No. 333-36693). Form of Participant Agreement for Long-Term Incentive Plan. - incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (filed 3/6/15)(No. 0-13358). Participant Agreement, dated February 25, 2015, by and between Thomas A. Barron and the Registrant – incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 2/25/15)(No. 0- 13358). 114 10.8 11 14 21 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Participant Agreement, dated February 21, 2017, by and between J. Kimbrough Davis and the Registrant – incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 2/27/17)(No. 0-13358). Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.* Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Code of Ethics for the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Financial Officers - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/11/05) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2019.** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.** Certification of CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.LAB 101.PRE 101.DEF XBRL Instance Document** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document** * ** Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with the provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Filed electronically herewith. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary None. 115 Signatures Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on March 5, 2020, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on March 5, 2020 by the following persons in the capacities indicated. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 116 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on March 5, 2020, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Directors: /s/ Thomas A. Barron Thomas A. Barron /s/ Allan G. Bense Allan G. Bense /s/ Frederick Carroll, III Frederick Carroll, III /s/ Cader B. Cox, III Cader B. Cox, III /s/ Stanley W. Connally, Jr. Stanley W. Connally, Jr /s/ Marshall M. Criser, III Marshall M. Criser, III /s/ J. Everitt Drew J. Everitt Drew /s/ Eric Grant Eric Grant /s/ Laura Johnson Laura Johnson /s/ John G. Sample, Jr John G. Sample, Jr /s/ Robert Antoine Robert Antoine /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. 117 Exhibit 21. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries, at December 31, 2019. Direct Subsidiaries: Capital City Bank CCBG Capital Trust I (Delaware) CCBG Capital Trust II (Delaware) Indirect Subsidiaries: Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. (Florida) Capital City Services Company (Florida) Capital City Trust Company (Florida) FNB Financial Services, LLC (Florida) Southeastern Oaks, LLC (Florida) Capital City Wealth Advisors, Inc. (Florida) Capital City Mortgage Company (Florida) - Inactive Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: (1) Registration Statement (Form S-3D No. 333-20683) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-36693) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174372) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. of our reports dated March 5, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019. Tallahassee, Florida March 5, 2020 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Exhibit 31.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, William G. Smith, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 5, 2020 Exhibit 31.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, J. Kimbrough Davis, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: March 5, 2020 Exhibit 32.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 5, 2020 Exhibit 32.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein. /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: March 5, 2020 ANNUAL ANNUAL SHAR EOWNERS’ SHAR EOWNERS’ M EE TING M EE TING APRIL 23, 2020 | 10 A.M. E.T. APRIL 23, 2020 | 10 A.M. E.T. Augustus B. Turnbull III Augustus B. Turnbull III Florida State Conference Center Florida State Conference Center 555 W. Pensacola St. 555 W. Pensacola St. Tallahassee, Florida Tallahassee, Florida About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $3.1 billion in assets. We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 57 banking offices and 82 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.About Capital City Bank Group, Inc.Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (Nasdaq:CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial holding companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $3.1 billion in assets. We provide a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, mortgage banking, asset management, trust, merchant services, bankcards and securities brokerage services. Our bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 57 banking offices and 82 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama.For more information about Capital City Bank Group,Inc., visit www.ccbg.com.C A P I T A L C I T Y B A N K G R O U P 2 0 1 9 A N N U A L R E P O R T investors.ccbg.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above